Import Cobalt 20.lts.1.222164
diff --git a/src/base/base.gyp b/src/base/base.gyp
index adce093..9cbd82f 100644
--- a/src/base/base.gyp
+++ b/src/base/base.gyp
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
{
'variables': {
'chromium_code': 1,
- 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
},
'targets': [
{
diff --git a/src/base/trace_event/trace_event.h b/src/base/trace_event/trace_event.h
index ca80197..ef7d6a3 100644
--- a/src/base/trace_event/trace_event.h
+++ b/src/base/trace_event/trace_event.h
@@ -259,6 +259,21 @@
// override base:TimeTicks::Now().
#define INTERNAL_TRACE_TIME_NOW() base::subtle::TimeNowIgnoringOverride()
+#if defined(TRACING_DISABLED)
+
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_SCOPED(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_SCOPED_WITH_FLOW(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_WITH_ID(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_WITH_TIMESTAMP(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_WITH_ID_TID_AND_TIMESTAMP(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_WITH_ID_TID_AND_TIMESTAMPS(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD_LINK_IDS(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_METADATA_ADD(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_SCOPED_CONTEXT(...) (void)0
+#define INTERNAL_TRACE_TASK_EXECUTION(...) (void)0
+
+#else
// Implementation detail: internal macro to create static category and add
// event if the category is enabled.
#define INTERNAL_TRACE_EVENT_ADD(phase, category_group, name, flags, ...) \
@@ -467,6 +482,8 @@
#endif
+#endif // defined(TRACING_DISABLED)
+
namespace trace_event_internal {
// Specify these values when the corresponding argument of AddTraceEvent is not
diff --git a/src/base/trace_event/trace_log.cc b/src/base/trace_event/trace_log.cc
index c3a3bcb..9c6982d 100644
--- a/src/base/trace_event/trace_log.cc
+++ b/src/base/trace_event/trace_log.cc
@@ -585,6 +585,7 @@
void TraceLog::SetEnabled(const TraceConfig& trace_config,
uint8_t modes_to_enable) {
+#if !defined(TRACING_DISABLED)
DCHECK(trace_config.process_filter_config().IsEnabled(process_id_));
AutoLock lock(lock_);
@@ -671,6 +672,7 @@
}
}
dispatching_to_observers_ = false;
+#endif // !defined(TRACING_DISABLED)
}
void TraceLog::SetArgumentFilterPredicate(
diff --git a/src/cobalt/bindings/bindings.gypi b/src/cobalt/bindings/bindings.gypi
index ad63d68..e89948c 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/bindings/bindings.gypi
+++ b/src/cobalt/bindings/bindings.gypi
@@ -224,6 +224,7 @@
'generated_type_conversion',
'global_constructors_idls',
'interfaces_info_overall',
+ '<(DEPTH)/cobalt/script/engine.gyp:engine',
'<@(bindings_dependencies)',
],
'export_dependent_settings': [
diff --git a/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/interface.cc.template b/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/interface.cc.template
index 8d8736c..c2c9da6 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/interface.cc.template
+++ b/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/interface.cc.template
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
{% from 'macros.cc.template' import add_extra_arguments %}
{% from 'macros.cc.template' import call_cobalt_function %}
+{% from 'macros.cc.template' import get_cobalt_value %}
{% from 'macros.cc.template' import check_if_object_implements_interface with context %}
{% from 'macros.cc.template' import constructor_implementation with context %}
{% from 'macros.cc.template' import function_implementation with context %}
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@
#include "cobalt/script/v8c/v8c_property_enumerator.h"
#include "cobalt/script/v8c/v8c_value_handle.h"
#include "cobalt/script/v8c/wrapper_private.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.h"
#include "v8/include/v8.h"
{% endblock includes %}
@@ -393,42 +395,32 @@
{% else %}
void {{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeGetter(
const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) {
- v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
- v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
-{% if attribute.is_static %}
-{{ static_function_prologue() -}}
-{% endif %}
-
-{% if not attribute.is_static %}
-{{ check_if_object_implements_interface() }}
-{{ nonstatic_function_prologue(impl_class) }}
-{% endif %}
-
-{{ call_cobalt_function(impl_class, attribute.type,
+ script::v8c::shared_bindings::AttributeGetterImpl<{{impl_class}}, {{binding_class}}>(info,
+ {{ "true" if attribute.is_static else "false"}},
+ {{ "true" if attribute.type == "void" else "false"}},
+ [](v8::Isolate* isolate, {{impl_class}}* impl,
+ cobalt::script::ExceptionState& exception_state,
+ v8::Local<v8::Value>& result_value) {
+ {{ get_cobalt_value(impl_class, attribute.type,
attribute.getter_function_name, [],
attribute.raises_exception, attribute.call_with,
attribute.is_static) }}
- if (exception_state.is_exception_set()) {
- return;
- }
- info.GetReturnValue().Set(result_value);
+ });
}
{% if attribute.has_setter %}
void {{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeSetter(
const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) {
- v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
- v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
- v8::Local<v8::Value> v8_value = info[0];
-
-{% if attribute.is_static %}
-{{ static_function_prologue() }}
-{% else %}
-{{ check_if_object_implements_interface() }}
-{{ nonstatic_function_prologue(impl_class)}}
-{% endif %} {#- attribute.is_static #}
+ script::v8c::shared_bindings::AttributeSetterImpl<{{impl_class}}, {{binding_class}}>(info,
+ {{ "true" if attribute.is_static else "false"}},
+ {{ "true" if attribute.type == "void" else "false"}},
+ [](v8::Isolate* isolate, {{impl_class}}* impl,
+ V8cExceptionState& exception_state,
+ v8::Local<v8::Value>& result_value,
+ v8::Local<v8::Value> v8_value) {
{{ set_attribute_implementation(attribute, impl_class) -}}
+ });
}
{% endif %} {#- attribute.has_setter #}
@@ -466,33 +458,15 @@
{% if stringifier %}
void Stringifier(const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) {
- v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
- v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
- V8cExceptionState exception_state(isolate);
+ auto* impl = script::v8c::shared_bindings::get_impl_class_from_info<{{impl_class}}, {{binding_class}}>(info);
- {{ check_if_object_implements_interface() }}
-
- WrapperPrivate* wrapper_private =
- WrapperPrivate::GetFromWrapperObject(object);
-
- // |WrapperPrivate::GetFromObject| can fail if |object| is not a |Wrapper|
- // object.
- if (!wrapper_private) {
- exception_state.SetSimpleException(cobalt::script::kStringifierProblem);
- return;
- }
-
- {{impl_class}}* impl =
- wrapper_private->wrappable<{{impl_class}}>().get();
if (!impl) {
- exception_state.SetSimpleException(cobalt::script::kStringifierProblem);
- NOTREACHED();
return;
}
std::string stringified = impl->{{stringifier.name}}();
v8::Local<v8::Value> v8_stringified;
- ToJSValue(isolate, stringified, &v8_stringified);
+ ToJSValue(info.GetIsolate(), stringified, &v8_stringified);
info.GetReturnValue().Set(v8_stringified);
}
@@ -570,12 +544,7 @@
// A spicy hack from Chromium in order to achieve
// https://heycam.github.io/webidl/#es-DOMException-specialness
// See https://cs.chromium.org/chromium/src/third_party/WebKit/Source/bindings/templates/interface_base.cpp.tmpl?l=630&rcl=0f7c2c752bb24ad08c17017e4e68401093fe76a0
- v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template =
- v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate);
- intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template->RemovePrototype();
- intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template->SetIntrinsicDataProperty(
- NewInternalString(isolate, "prototype"), v8::kErrorPrototype);
- function_template->Inherit(intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template);
+ script::v8c::shared_bindings::set_intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template(isolate, function_template);
}
{% endif %}
@@ -631,59 +600,27 @@
#if defined({{attribute.conditional}})
{% endif %}
{
- // The name of the property is the identifier of the attribute.
- v8::Local<v8::String> name = NewInternalString(
- isolate,
- "{{attribute.idl_name}}");
+{% if not attribute.is_constructor_attribute %}
+ script::v8c::shared_bindings::set_property_for_nonconstructor_attribute(
+ isolate,
// The property has attributes { [[Get]]: G, [[Set]]: S, [[Enumerable]]:
// true, [[Configurable]]: configurable }, where: configurable is false if
// the attribute was declared with the [Unforgeable] extended attribute and
// true otherwise;
- bool configurable = {{ "false" if attribute.is_unforgeable else "true"}};
- v8::PropertyAttribute attributes = static_cast<v8::PropertyAttribute>(
- configurable ? v8::None : v8::DontDelete);
-
- // G is the attribute getter created given the attribute, the interface, and
- // the relevant Realm of the object that is the location of the property;
- // and
- //
- // S is the attribute setter created given the attribute, the interface, and
- // the relevant Realm of the object that is the location of the property.
-{% if not attribute.is_constructor_attribute %}
- v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> getter =
- v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, {{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeGetter);
+ {{ "false" if attribute.is_unforgeable else "true"}},
+ {{ "true" if attribute.has_setter else "false"}},
+ {{ "true" if attribute.on_interface else "false"}},
+ {{ "true" if attribute.on_instance else "false"}},
+ function_template,
+ instance_template,
+ prototype_template,
+ "{{attribute.idl_name}}"
+ ,{{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeGetter
{% if attribute.has_setter %}
- v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> setter =
- v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, {{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeSetter);
-{% else %}
- v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> setter;
+ ,{{attribute.idl_name}}AttributeSetter
{% endif %}
-
- // The location of the property is determined as follows:
-{% if attribute.on_interface %}
- // Operations installed on the interface object must be static methods, so
- // no need to specify a signature, i.e. no need to do type check against a
- // holder.
-
- // If the attribute is a static attribute, then there is a single
- // corresponding property and it exists on the interface's interface object.
- function_template->
-{% elif attribute.on_instance %}
- // Otherwise, if the attribute is unforgeable on the interface or if the
- // interface was declared with the [Global] extended attribute, then the
- // property exists on every object that implements the interface.
- instance_template->
-{% else %}
- // Otherwise, the property exists solely on the interface's interface
- // prototype object.
- prototype_template->
-{% endif %}
- SetAccessorProperty(
- name,
- getter,
- setter,
- attributes);
+ );
{% else %} {#- not attribute.is_constructor_attribute #}
{
@@ -701,7 +638,6 @@
{% endif %}
);
}
-
{% endif %} {#- not attribute.is_constructor_attribute #}
}
{% if attribute.conditional %}
diff --git a/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/macros.cc.template b/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/macros.cc.template
index a1b23c8..9566390 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/macros.cc.template
+++ b/src/cobalt/bindings/v8c/templates/macros.cc.template
@@ -18,12 +18,7 @@
# Checks if object implements interface.
#}
{% macro check_if_object_implements_interface() %}
- V8cGlobalEnvironment* global_environment = V8cGlobalEnvironment::GetFromIsolate(isolate);
- WrapperFactory* wrapper_factory = global_environment->wrapper_factory();
- if (!WrapperPrivate::HasWrapperPrivate(object) ||
- !{{binding_class}}::GetTemplate(isolate)->HasInstance(object)) {
- V8cExceptionState exception(isolate);
- exception.SetSimpleException(script::kDoesNotImplementInterface);
+ if (!script::v8c::shared_bindings::object_implements_interface({{binding_class}}::GetTemplate(isolate), isolate, object)) {
return;
}
{%- endmacro %}
@@ -262,9 +257,8 @@
{% do arguments_list.append('&exception_state') if raises_exception %}
{%- endmacro %}
-{% macro call_nonvoid_function(return_type, function_name, arguments,
- impl_class, is_static) %}
- if (!exception_state.is_exception_set()) {
+{% macro call_nonvoid_function_internal(function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static) %}
{% if not is_static %}
ToJSValue(isolate,
impl->{{function_name}}({{arguments|join(", ")}}),
@@ -274,28 +268,50 @@
{{impl_class}}::{{function_name}}({{arguments|join(', ')}}),
&result_value);
{% endif %}
- }
{%- endmacro %}
-{% macro call_void_function(function_name, arguments, impl_class, is_static,
- cobalt_impl_prefix) %}
+{% macro call_void_function_internal(function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static, cobalt_impl_prefix) %}
{% if not is_static %}
{{cobalt_impl_prefix}}impl->{{function_name}}({{arguments|join(", ")}});
{% else %}
{{impl_class}}::{{function_name}}({{arguments|join(', ')}});
{% endif %}
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{% macro get_cobalt_value(impl_class, cobalt_type, function_name, arguments,
+ raises_exception, call_with, is_static, cobalt_impl_prefix) %}
+ {{ add_extra_arguments(arguments, raises_exception, call_with) }}
+{% if cobalt_type == "void" %}
+ {{call_void_function_internal(function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static) -}}
+{% else %}
+ {{call_nonvoid_function_internal(function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static) -}}
+{% endif %}
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{% macro call_nonvoid_function(return_type, function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static) %}
+ if (!exception_state.is_exception_set()) {
+
+ {{call_nonvoid_function_internal(function_name, arguments,
+ impl_class, is_static) -}}
+ }
+{%- endmacro %}
+
+{% macro call_void_function(function_name, arguments, impl_class, is_static,
+ cobalt_impl_prefix) %}
+{{ call_void_function_internal(function_name, arguments, impl_class, is_static,
+ cobalt_impl_prefix) -}}
result_value = v8::Undefined(isolate);
{%- endmacro %}
{% macro get_impl_class_instance(impl_class) %}
- WrapperPrivate* wrapper_private =
- WrapperPrivate::GetFromWrapperObject(object);
- if (!wrapper_private) {
- NOTIMPLEMENTED();
+ {{impl_class}}* impl = script::v8c::shared_bindings::get_impl_from_object<{{impl_class}}>(object);
+ if (!impl) {
return;
}
- {{impl_class}}* impl =
- wrapper_private->wrappable<{{impl_class}}>().get();
{%- endmacro %}
{% macro static_function_prologue() %}
@@ -373,9 +389,7 @@
{# In the case there is only one resolution condition, we do not need the arg. #}
{% if resolution_tests|length > 1 %}
v8::Local<v8::Value> arg = info[{{distinguishing_argument_index}}];
- V8cGlobalEnvironment* global_environment =
- V8cGlobalEnvironment::GetFromIsolate(isolate);
- WrapperFactory* wrapper_factory = global_environment->wrapper_factory();
+ WrapperFactory* wrapper_factory = V8cGlobalEnvironment::GetFromIsolate(isolate)->wrapper_factory();
v8::Local<v8::Object> object;
if (arg->IsObject()) {
object = arg->ToObject();
diff --git a/src/cobalt/build/build.id b/src/cobalt/build/build.id
index b1b3f9d..6e28320 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/build/build.id
+++ b/src/cobalt/build/build.id
@@ -1 +1 @@
-221014
\ No newline at end of file
+222164
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/cobalt/css_parser/css_parser.gyp b/src/cobalt/css_parser/css_parser.gyp
index d3f2715..3c1f6c6 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/css_parser/css_parser.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/css_parser/css_parser.gyp
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@
{
'variables': {
- 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
'sb_pedantic_warnings': 1,
# Define the platform specific Bison binary.
diff --git a/src/cobalt/doc/device_authentication.md b/src/cobalt/doc/device_authentication.md
index d121237..297f82b 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/doc/device_authentication.md
+++ b/src/cobalt/doc/device_authentication.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# Device Authentication
Starting in Cobalt 20, initial URL requests will now have query parameters
-appended to them signed by the platform's secret key, provided to them during
+appended to them signed by the platform's secret key. The key is provided during
the certification process. The key must be stored in secure storage on the
device.
diff --git a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_key_system_access.cc b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_key_system_access.cc
index 32830f2..602069c 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_key_system_access.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_key_system_access.cc
@@ -14,7 +14,11 @@
#include "cobalt/dom/eme/media_key_system_access.h"
+#include "base/memory/ref_counted.h"
+#include "base/memory/scoped_refptr.h"
+#include "cobalt/dom/dom_exception.h"
#include "cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.h"
+#include "cobalt/media/base/drm_system.h"
#include "cobalt/script/script_value_factory.h"
namespace cobalt {
@@ -37,9 +41,25 @@
script::Handle<MediaKeySystemAccess::InterfacePromise> promise =
script_value_factory_->CreateInterfacePromise<scoped_refptr<MediaKeys>>();
+ // 2.5. Let instance be a new instance of the Key System implementation
+ // represented by this object's cdm implementation value.
+ scoped_refptr<media::DrmSystem> drm_system(
+ new media::DrmSystem(key_system_.c_str()));
+
+ // 2.9. If any of the preceding steps failed, reject promise with a new
+ // DOMException whose name is the appropriate error name.
+ if (!drm_system->is_valid()) {
+ drm_system.reset();
+ promise->Reject(new DOMException(
+ DOMException::kNotSupportedErr,
+ "Failed to load and initialize the Key System implementation."));
+ return promise;
+ }
+
// 2.10. Let media keys be a new MediaKeys object.
+ // 2.10.5. Let the cdm instance value be instance.
scoped_refptr<MediaKeys> media_keys(
- new MediaKeys(key_system_, script_value_factory_));
+ new MediaKeys(drm_system, script_value_factory_));
// 2.11. Resolve promise with media keys.
promise->Resolve(media_keys);
diff --git a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.cc b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.cc
index 2d46e09..b7c94d6 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.cc
@@ -23,10 +23,11 @@
namespace dom {
namespace eme {
-MediaKeys::MediaKeys(const std::string& key_system,
+MediaKeys::MediaKeys(const scoped_refptr<media::DrmSystem>& drm_system,
script::ScriptValueFactory* script_value_factory)
- : script_value_factory_(script_value_factory),
- drm_system_(new media::DrmSystem(key_system.c_str())) {}
+ : script_value_factory_(script_value_factory), drm_system_(drm_system) {
+ SB_DCHECK(drm_system_->is_valid()) << "DrmSystem provided on initialization is invalid.";
+}
// See https://www.w3.org/TR/encrypted-media/#dom-mediakeys-createsession.
scoped_refptr<MediaKeySession> MediaKeys::CreateSession(
diff --git a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.h b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.h
index 1c5fd52..d276af7 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/dom/eme/media_keys.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
typedef script::Handle<script::Promise<bool>> BoolPromiseHandle;
typedef script::ScriptValue<script::Promise<bool>> BoolPromiseValue;
- MediaKeys(const std::string& key_system,
+ MediaKeys(const scoped_refptr<media::DrmSystem>& drm_system,
script::ScriptValueFactory* script_value_factory);
scoped_refptr<media::DrmSystem> drm_system() const { return drm_system_; }
diff --git a/src/cobalt/dom/html_media_element_eme_01b.idl b/src/cobalt/dom/html_media_element_eme_01b.idl
deleted file mode 100644
index e273655..0000000
--- a/src/cobalt/dom/html_media_element_eme_01b.idl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright 2017 The Cobalt Authors. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-// You may obtain a copy of the License at
-//
-// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-//
-// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-// limitations under the License.
-
-// https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/html-media/raw-file/eme-v0.1b/encrypted-media/encrypted-media.html#extensions
-
-partial interface HTMLMediaElement {
- [RaisesException] void generateKeyRequest(DOMString keySystem,
- Uint8Array? initData);
- [RaisesException] void addKey(DOMString keySystem, Uint8Array key,
- Uint8Array? initData, DOMString? sessionId);
- [RaisesException] void cancelKeyRequest(DOMString keySystem,
- DOMString? sessionId);
-};
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/box.cc b/src/cobalt/layout/box.cc
index 403fc1a..4eff827 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/box.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/box.cc
@@ -207,6 +207,56 @@
: Vector2dLayoutUnit();
}
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const {
+ return GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(nullptr, box_from_margin_box);
+}
+
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(
+ const ContainerBox* containing_block,
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const {
+ // Get the transform for the margin box from the containing block and
+ // add the box offset from the margin box to the beginning of the transform.
+ math::Matrix3F transform =
+ GetMarginBoxTransformFromContainingBlock(containing_block) *
+ math::TranslateMatrix(box_from_margin_box.x().toFloat(),
+ box_from_margin_box.y().toFloat());
+
+ // Transform the box.
+ const int kNumPoints = 4;
+ math::PointF box_corners[kNumPoints] = {
+ {0.0f, 0.0f},
+ {box_from_margin_box.width().toFloat(), 0.0f},
+ {0.0f, box_from_margin_box.height().toFloat()},
+ {box_from_margin_box.width().toFloat(),
+ box_from_margin_box.height().toFloat()},
+ };
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < kNumPoints; ++i) {
+ box_corners[i] = transform * box_corners[i];
+ }
+
+ // Return the bounding box for the transformed points.
+ math::PointF min_corner(box_corners[0]);
+ math::PointF max_corner(box_corners[0]);
+ for (int i = 1; i < kNumPoints; ++i) {
+ min_corner.SetToMin(box_corners[i]);
+ max_corner.SetToMax(box_corners[i]);
+ }
+
+ return RectLayoutUnit(LayoutUnit(min_corner.x()), LayoutUnit(min_corner.y()),
+ LayoutUnit(max_corner.x() - min_corner.x()),
+ LayoutUnit(max_corner.y() - min_corner.y()));
+}
+
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlockContentBox(
+ const ContainerBox* containing_block,
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const {
+ return GetContainingBlockOffsetFromItsContentBox(containing_block) +
+ GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(containing_block,
+ box_from_margin_box);
+}
+
void Box::SetStaticPositionLeftFromParent(LayoutUnit left) {
if (left != static_position_offset_from_parent_.x()) {
static_position_offset_from_parent_.set_x(left);
@@ -374,46 +424,6 @@
GetBorderBoxWidth(), GetBorderBoxHeight());
}
-RectLayoutUnit Box::GetTransformedBorderBoxFromRoot() const {
- return GetTransformedBorderBoxFromContainingBlock(nullptr);
-}
-
-RectLayoutUnit Box::GetTransformedBorderBoxFromContainingBlock(
- const ContainerBox* containing_block) const {
- // Get the transform for the margin box from the containing block and
- // add the border box offset to the beginning of the transform.
- Vector2dLayoutUnit border_box_offset = GetBorderBoxOffsetFromMarginBox();
- math::Matrix3F transform =
- GetMarginBoxTransformFromContainingBlock(containing_block) *
- math::TranslateMatrix(border_box_offset.x().toFloat(),
- border_box_offset.y().toFloat());
-
- // Transform the border box.
- const int kNumPoints = 4;
- math::PointF border_box_corners[kNumPoints] = {
- { 0.0f, 0.0f },
- { GetBorderBoxWidth().toFloat(), 0.0f },
- { 0.0f, GetBorderBoxHeight().toFloat() },
- { GetBorderBoxWidth().toFloat(), GetBorderBoxHeight().toFloat() },
- };
-
- for (int i = 0; i < kNumPoints; ++i) {
- border_box_corners[i] = transform * border_box_corners[i];
- }
-
- // Return the bounding box for the transformed points.
- math::PointF min_corner(border_box_corners[0]);
- math::PointF max_corner(border_box_corners[0]);
- for (int i = 1; i < kNumPoints; ++i) {
- min_corner.SetToMin(border_box_corners[i]);
- max_corner.SetToMax(border_box_corners[i]);
- }
-
- return RectLayoutUnit(LayoutUnit(min_corner.x()), LayoutUnit(min_corner.y()),
- LayoutUnit(max_corner.x() - min_corner.x()),
- LayoutUnit(max_corner.y() - min_corner.y()));
-}
-
LayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxWidth() const {
return border_left_width() + GetPaddingBoxWidth() + border_right_width();
}
@@ -431,6 +441,11 @@
std::max(LayoutUnit(0), GetBorderBoxHeight()));
}
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox() const {
+ return RectLayoutUnit(margin_left(), margin_top(), GetBorderBoxWidth(),
+ GetBorderBoxHeight());
+}
+
Vector2dLayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxOffsetFromRoot(
bool transform_forms_root) const {
return GetMarginBoxOffsetFromRoot(transform_forms_root) +
@@ -441,19 +456,6 @@
return Vector2dLayoutUnit(margin_left(), margin_top());
}
-Vector2dLayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return Vector2dLayoutUnit(GetBorderBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock(),
- GetBorderBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock());
-}
-
-LayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return left() + GetBorderBoxOffsetFromMarginBox().x();
-}
-
-LayoutUnit Box::GetBorderBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return top() + GetBorderBoxOffsetFromMarginBox().y();
-}
-
LayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxWidth() const {
return padding_left() + width() + padding_right();
}
@@ -471,6 +473,11 @@
std::max(LayoutUnit(0), GetPaddingBoxHeight()));
}
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxFromMarginBox() const {
+ return RectLayoutUnit(GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox(),
+ GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox(),
+ GetPaddingBoxWidth(), GetPaddingBoxHeight());
+}
Vector2dLayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromRoot(
bool transform_forms_root) const {
return GetBorderBoxOffsetFromRoot(transform_forms_root) +
@@ -489,17 +496,10 @@
return margin_top() + border_top_width();
}
-Vector2dLayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return Vector2dLayoutUnit(GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock(),
- GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock());
-}
-
-LayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return left() + GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox();
-}
-
-LayoutUnit Box::GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const {
- return top() + GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox();
+RectLayoutUnit Box::GetContentBoxFromMarginBox() const {
+ return RectLayoutUnit(GetContentBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox(),
+ GetContentBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox(), width(),
+ height());
}
Vector2dLayoutUnit Box::GetContentBoxOffsetFromRoot(
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/box.h b/src/cobalt/layout/box.h
index 596b2b4..3d661e2 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/box.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/box.h
@@ -252,6 +252,17 @@
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetContainingBlockOffsetFromItsContentBox(
const ContainerBox* containing_block) const;
+ // Returns boxes relative to the root or containing block, that take into
+ // account transforms.
+ RectLayoutUnit GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const;
+ RectLayoutUnit GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(
+ const ContainerBox* containing_block,
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const;
+ RectLayoutUnit GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlockContentBox(
+ const ContainerBox* containing_block,
+ const RectLayoutUnit& box_from_margin_box) const;
+
// Used values of "left" and "top" are publicly readable and writable so that
// they can be calculated and adjusted by the formatting context of the parent
// box.
@@ -325,40 +336,34 @@
// Border box.
RectLayoutUnit GetBorderBoxFromRoot(bool transform_forms_root) const;
- RectLayoutUnit GetTransformedBorderBoxFromRoot() const;
- RectLayoutUnit GetTransformedBorderBoxFromContainingBlock(
- const ContainerBox* containing_block) const;
LayoutUnit GetBorderBoxWidth() const;
LayoutUnit GetBorderBoxHeight() const;
SizeLayoutUnit GetClampedBorderBoxSize() const;
+ RectLayoutUnit GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox() const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetBorderBoxOffsetFromRoot(
bool transform_forms_root) const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetBorderBoxOffsetFromMarginBox() const;
- Vector2dLayoutUnit GetBorderBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
- LayoutUnit GetBorderBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
- LayoutUnit GetBorderBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
// Padding box.
LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxWidth() const;
LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxHeight() const;
SizeLayoutUnit GetClampedPaddingBoxSize() const;
+ RectLayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxFromMarginBox() const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromRoot(
bool transform_forms_root) const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromBorderBox() const;
LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox() const;
LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromMarginBox() const;
- Vector2dLayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
- LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxLeftEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
- LayoutUnit GetPaddingBoxTopEdgeOffsetFromContainingBlock() const;
// Content box.
LayoutUnit width() const { return content_size_.width(); }
LayoutUnit height() const { return content_size_.height(); }
const SizeLayoutUnit& content_box_size() const { return content_size_; }
+ RectLayoutUnit GetContentBoxFromMarginBox() const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetContentBoxOffsetFromRoot(
bool transform_forms_root) const;
Vector2dLayoutUnit GetContentBoxOffsetFromMarginBox() const;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_container_box.cc b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_container_box.cc
index b62921d..ae418bd 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_container_box.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_container_box.cc
@@ -112,12 +112,12 @@
}
}
- if (!main_space && main_space_depends_on_containing_block) {
- // Otherwise, subtract the flex container's margin, border, and padding
- // from the space available to the flex container in that dimension and use
- // that value.
+ if (GetLevel() == kBlockLevel) {
if (main_direction_is_horizontal) {
- if (GetLevel() == kBlockLevel) {
+ if (!main_space && main_space_depends_on_containing_block) {
+ // Otherwise, subtract the flex container's margin, border, and padding
+ // from the space available to the flex container in that dimension and
+ // use that value.
base::Optional<LayoutUnit> margin_main_start =
GetUsedMarginLeftIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
layout_params.containing_block_size);
@@ -131,40 +131,25 @@
padding_left() - padding_right();
}
} else {
- if (GetLevel() == kInlineLevel) {
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> margin_main_start =
- GetUsedMarginTopIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
- layout_params.containing_block_size);
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> margin_main_end =
- GetUsedMarginBottomIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
- layout_params.containing_block_size);
- main_space = layout_params.containing_block_size.width() -
- margin_main_start.value_or(LayoutUnit()) -
- margin_main_end.value_or(LayoutUnit()) -
- border_top_width() - border_bottom_width() -
- padding_top() - padding_bottom();
+ if (!cross_space) {
+ // Otherwise, subtract the flex container's margin, border, and padding
+ // from the space available to the flex container in that dimension and
+ // use that value.
+ base::Optional<LayoutUnit> margin_cross_start =
+ GetUsedMarginLeftIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
+ layout_params.containing_block_size);
+ base::Optional<LayoutUnit> margin_cross_end =
+ GetUsedMarginRightIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
+ layout_params.containing_block_size);
+ cross_space = layout_params.containing_block_size.width() -
+ margin_cross_start.value_or(LayoutUnit()) -
+ margin_cross_end.value_or(LayoutUnit()) -
+ border_left_width() - border_right_width() -
+ padding_left() - padding_right();
}
}
}
- if (main_space) {
- if (max_main_space_ && *main_space > *max_main_space_) {
- main_space = max_main_space_;
- }
- if (min_main_space_ && *main_space < *min_main_space_) {
- main_space = min_main_space_;
- }
- }
-
- if (cross_space) {
- if (max_cross_space_ && *cross_space_ > *max_cross_space_) {
- cross_space = max_cross_space_;
- }
- if (min_cross_space_ && *cross_space < *min_cross_space_) {
- cross_space = *min_cross_space_;
- }
- }
-
main_space_ = main_space;
cross_space_ = cross_space;
}
@@ -224,6 +209,7 @@
}
}
+ LayoutUnit main_size = LayoutUnit();
// 4. Determine the main size of the flex container using the rules of the
// formatting context in which it participates.
if (main_direction_is_horizontal) {
@@ -245,40 +231,23 @@
width_depends_on_containing_block, maybe_left, maybe_right,
maybe_margin_left, maybe_margin_right, main_space_, cross_space_);
}
- flex_formatting_context.set_main_size(width());
+ main_size = width();
} else {
if (!layout_params.freeze_height) {
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> maybe_top = GetUsedTopIfNotAuto(
- computed_style(), layout_params.containing_block_size);
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> maybe_bottom = GetUsedBottomIfNotAuto(
- computed_style(), layout_params.containing_block_size);
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> maybe_margin_top = GetUsedMarginTopIfNotAuto(
- computed_style(), layout_params.containing_block_size);
- base::Optional<LayoutUnit> maybe_margin_bottom =
- GetUsedMarginBottomIfNotAuto(computed_style(),
- layout_params.containing_block_size);
-
- UpdateContentHeightAndMargins(layout_params.containing_block_size,
- maybe_top, maybe_bottom, maybe_margin_top,
- maybe_margin_bottom, main_space_);
+ main_size =
+ main_space_.value_or(flex_formatting_context.fit_content_main_size());
+ } else {
+ main_size = height();
}
- flex_formatting_context.set_main_size(height());
}
- LayoutUnit main_size = flex_formatting_context.main_size();
if (max_main_space_ && main_size > *max_main_space_) {
main_size = *max_main_space_;
}
if (min_main_space_ && main_size < *min_main_space_) {
main_size = *min_main_space_;
}
- flex_formatting_context.set_main_size(main_size);
- if (main_direction_is_horizontal) {
- set_width(main_size);
- } else {
- set_height(main_size);
- }
flex_formatting_context.SetContainerMainSize(main_size);
// Main Size Determination:
@@ -286,7 +255,19 @@
flex_formatting_context.set_multi_line(ContainerIsMultiLine());
for (auto& item : items) {
DCHECK(!item->box()->IsAbsolutelyPositioned());
- flex_formatting_context.CollectItemIntoLine(std::move(item));
+ flex_formatting_context.CollectItemIntoLine(main_size, std::move(item));
+ }
+
+ if (main_direction_is_horizontal) {
+ set_width(main_size);
+ } else {
+ if (!main_space_) {
+ // For vertical containers with indefinite main space, us the fit content
+ // main size. Note: For horizontal containers, this sizing is already
+ // handled by UpdateContentWidthAndMargins().
+ main_size = flex_formatting_context.fit_content_main_size();
+ }
+ set_height(main_size);
}
// Perform remaining steps of the layout of the items.
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.cc b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.cc
index b106ffe..7a7a9e7 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.cc
@@ -29,7 +29,8 @@
bool direction_is_reversed)
: layout_params_(layout_params),
main_direction_is_horizontal_(main_direction_is_horizontal),
- direction_is_reversed_(direction_is_reversed) {}
+ direction_is_reversed_(direction_is_reversed),
+ fit_content_main_size_(LayoutUnit()) {}
FlexFormattingContext::~FlexFormattingContext() {}
@@ -49,29 +50,38 @@
// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-flexbox-1/#intrinsic-sizes
// Note that for column flex-direction, this is the intrinsic cross size.
- // TODO handle !main_direction_is_horizontal_
- set_shrink_to_fit_width(shrink_to_fit_width() + child_box->width() +
- child_box->GetContentToMarginHorizontal());
+ if (main_direction_is_horizontal_) {
+ fit_content_main_size_ = shrink_to_fit_width() + child_box->width() +
+ child_box->GetContentToMarginHorizontal();
+ set_shrink_to_fit_width(fit_content_main_size_);
+ } else {
+ fit_content_main_size_ +=
+ child_box->height() + child_box->GetContentToMarginVertical();
+ }
set_auto_height(child_box->height());
}
void FlexFormattingContext::CollectItemIntoLine(
- std::unique_ptr<FlexItem>&& item) {
+ LayoutUnit main_space, std::unique_ptr<FlexItem>&& item) {
// Collect flex items into flex lines:
// https://www.w3.org/TR/css-flexbox-1/#algo-line-break
if (lines_.empty()) {
lines_.emplace_back(new FlexLine(layout_params_,
main_direction_is_horizontal_,
- direction_is_reversed_, main_size_));
+ direction_is_reversed_, main_space));
+ fit_content_main_size_ = LayoutUnit();
}
+ DCHECK(!lines_.empty());
if (multi_line_ && !lines_.back()->CanAddItem(*item)) {
lines_.emplace_back(new FlexLine(layout_params_,
main_direction_is_horizontal_,
- direction_is_reversed_, main_size_));
+ direction_is_reversed_, main_space));
}
lines_.back()->AddItem(std::move(item));
+ fit_content_main_size_ =
+ std::max(fit_content_main_size_, lines_.back()->items_outer_main_size());
}
void FlexFormattingContext::ResolveFlexibleLengthsAndCrossSizes(
@@ -201,11 +211,6 @@
}
LayoutUnit FlexFormattingContext::GetBaseline() {
- if (!main_direction_is_horizontal_) {
- // TODO: implement this for column flex containers.
- NOTIMPLEMENTED() << "Column flex boxes not yet implemented.";
- }
-
LayoutUnit baseline = cross_size_;
if (!lines_.empty()) {
if (direction_is_reversed_ && !main_direction_is_horizontal_) {
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.h b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.h
index 9df264e..0638721 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_formatting_context.h
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@
void UpdateRect(Box* child_box);
// Collects the flex item into a flex line.
- void CollectItemIntoLine(std::unique_ptr<FlexItem>&& item);
+ void CollectItemIntoLine(LayoutUnit main_space,
+ std::unique_ptr<FlexItem>&& item);
// layout flex items and determine cross size.
void ResolveFlexibleLengthsAndCrossSizes(
@@ -47,8 +48,6 @@
const base::Optional<LayoutUnit>& max_cross_space,
const scoped_refptr<cssom::PropertyValue>& align_content);
- LayoutUnit main_size() const { return main_size_; }
- void set_main_size(LayoutUnit value) { main_size_ = value; }
LayoutUnit cross_size() const { return cross_size_; }
const LayoutParams& layout_params() const { return layout_params_; }
@@ -69,14 +68,18 @@
LayoutUnit GetBaseline();
+ // Used to calculate the "auto" size in the main direction of the box that
+ // establishes this formatting context.
+ LayoutUnit fit_content_main_size() const { return fit_content_main_size_; }
+
private:
LayoutParams layout_params_;
const bool main_direction_is_horizontal_;
const bool direction_is_reversed_;
bool multi_line_ = false;
- LayoutUnit main_size_;
LayoutUnit cross_size_;
+ LayoutUnit fit_content_main_size_;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<FlexLine>> lines_;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_line.h b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_line.h
index 1cca9e5..65a99d7 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/flex_line.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/flex_line.h
@@ -54,6 +54,8 @@
LayoutUnit GetBaseline();
+ LayoutUnit items_outer_main_size() { return items_outer_main_size_; }
+
private:
LayoutUnit GetOuterMainSizeOfBox(Box* box,
LayoutUnit content_main_size) const;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/intersection_observer_target.cc b/src/cobalt/layout/intersection_observer_target.cc
index 24741e2..a82d1f2 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/intersection_observer_target.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/intersection_observer_target.cc
@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@
// Let targetRect be target's bounding border box.
RectLayoutUnit target_transformed_border_box(
- target_box->GetTransformedBorderBoxFromRoot());
+ target_box->GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ target_box->GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox()));
math::RectF target_rect =
math::RectF(target_transformed_border_box.x().toFloat(),
target_transformed_border_box.y().toFloat(),
@@ -141,7 +142,8 @@
// Otherwise, it's the result of running the getBoundingClientRect()
// algorithm on the intersection root.
RectLayoutUnit root_transformed_border_box(
- root_box->GetTransformedBorderBoxFromRoot());
+ root_box->GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ root_box->GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox()));
root_bounds_without_margins =
math::RectF(root_transformed_border_box.x().toFloat(),
root_transformed_border_box.y().toFloat(),
@@ -189,10 +191,14 @@
math::RectF intersection_rect = target_rect;
// Let container be the containing block of the target.
- math::Vector2dF total_offset_from_containing_block =
- target_box->GetBorderBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock();
const ContainerBox* prev_container = target_box;
const ContainerBox* container = prev_container->GetContainingBlock();
+ RectLayoutUnit box_from_containing_block =
+ target_box->GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(
+ container, target_box->GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox());
+ math::Vector2dF total_offset_from_containing_block =
+ math::Vector2dF(box_from_containing_block.x().toFloat(),
+ box_from_containing_block.y().toFloat());
// While container is not the intersection root:
while (container != root_box) {
@@ -225,12 +231,18 @@
// container. (Note: The containing block of an element with 'position:
// absolute' is formed by the padding edge of the ancestor.
// https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/visudet.html)
- math::Vector2dF next_offset_from_containing_block =
+ RectLayoutUnit next_box_from_containing_block =
prev_container->computed_style()->position() ==
cssom::KeywordValue::GetAbsolute()
- ? container->GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromContainingBlock()
- : container->GetContentBoxOffsetFromContainingBlockContentBox(
- container->GetContainingBlock());
+ ? container->GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(
+ container->GetContainingBlock(),
+ container->GetPaddingBoxFromMarginBox())
+ : container->GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlockContentBox(
+ container->GetContainingBlock(),
+ container->GetContentBoxFromMarginBox());
+ math::Vector2dF next_offset_from_containing_block =
+ math::Vector2dF(next_box_from_containing_block.x().toFloat(),
+ next_box_from_containing_block.y().toFloat());
total_offset_from_containing_block += next_offset_from_containing_block;
prev_container = container;
@@ -242,14 +254,17 @@
// (Note: The containing block of an element with 'position: absolute'
// is formed by the padding edge of the ancestor.
// https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/visudet.html)
- math::Vector2dF containing_block_offset_from_origin =
+ RectLayoutUnit containing_block_box_from_origin =
prev_container->computed_style()->position() ==
cssom::KeywordValue::GetAbsolute() &&
!IsOverflowCropped(container->computed_style())
- ? container->GetPaddingBoxOffsetFromRoot(
- false /*transform_forms_root*/)
- : container->GetContentBoxOffsetFromRoot(
- false /*transform_forms_root*/);
+ ? container->GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ container->GetPaddingBoxFromMarginBox())
+ : container->GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ container->GetContentBoxFromMarginBox());
+ math::Vector2dF containing_block_offset_from_origin =
+ math::Vector2dF(containing_block_box_from_origin.x().toFloat(),
+ containing_block_box_from_origin.y().toFloat());
intersection_rect.set_x(total_offset_from_containing_block.x() +
containing_block_offset_from_origin.x());
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout/layout_boxes.cc b/src/cobalt/layout/layout_boxes.cc
index da333da..df06332 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout/layout_boxes.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout/layout_boxes.cc
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@
for (Boxes::const_iterator box_iterator = client_rect_boxes.begin();
box_iterator != client_rect_boxes.end(); ++box_iterator) {
RectLayoutUnit transformed_border_box(
- (*box_iterator)->GetTransformedBorderBoxFromRoot());
+ (*box_iterator)
+ ->GetTransformedBoxFromRoot(
+ (*box_iterator)->GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox()));
dom_rect_list->AppendDOMRect(
new dom::DOMRect(transformed_border_box.x().toFloat(),
transformed_border_box.y().toFloat(),
@@ -181,7 +183,8 @@
if (container == container_box) {
// Add this box's border box to the scroll area.
RectLayoutUnit border_box =
- box->GetTransformedBorderBoxFromContainingBlock(container_box);
+ box->GetTransformedBoxFromContainingBlock(
+ container_box, box->GetBorderBoxFromMarginBox());
scroll_area.Union(math::RectF(border_box.x().toFloat(),
border_box.y().toFloat(),
border_box.width().toFloat(),
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases-expected.png b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases-expected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b2e951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases-expected.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases.html b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7031bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-container-sizing-edge-cases.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ | Combined tests for basic functionality of CSS Flexible Box Layout Module.
+ | https://www.w3.org/TR/css-flexbox-1
+ | This exercises some edge cases for container box sizes.
+ -->
+<html>
+<head>
+<style>
+ body {
+ margin: 0px;
+ font-family: Roboto;
+ background-color: #808080;
+ font-size: 10px;
+ }
+ .vsized {
+ height: 40px;
+ }
+ .hsized {
+ width: 40px;
+ }
+ .flex {
+ display: flex;
+ }
+ .inlineflex {
+ display: inline-flex;
+ }
+ .row {
+ flex-flow: row wrap;
+ }
+ .column {
+ flex-flow: column wrap;
+ }
+ .container {
+ color: #99b9f3;
+ background-color: #ffee00;
+ opacity: 0.75;
+ padding: 2px;
+ border: 2px solid #000060;
+ outline: 2px solid #00f000;
+ margin: 6px;
+ border-top-width: 5px;
+ }
+ div > span {
+ background-color: #0047ab;
+ }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="vsized flex column container">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+<div class="hsized flex column container">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+-hg
+<div class="vsized inlineflex column container">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+<div class="hsized inlineflex column container" style="height: 96px;">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end; height: 5%;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start; height: 5%;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center; height: 5%;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch; height: 5%;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch; height: 5%;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch; height: 5%;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+<div class="hsized inlineflex column container" style="height: 96px;">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+<div class="hsized inlineflex column container" style="max-height: 96px;">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+<div class="inlineflex column container" style="width:16px; max-height: 96px;">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+<div class="hsized inlineflex column container">
+ <span style="align-self: flex-end;">end</span>
+ <span style="align-self: flex-start;">start</span>
+ <span style="align-self: center;">center</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+ <span class="vsized" style="align-self: stretch;">stretch</span>
+</div>
+hg
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-with-baselines-percentages.html b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-with-baselines-percentages.html
index 5629e51..dc516bd 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-with-baselines-percentages.html
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/combined-with-baselines-percentages.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
flex-flow: row wrap;
justify-content: space-around;
align-items: center;
- align-content: flex-end; #space-between;
+ align-content: flex-end;
min-width: 2px;
padding: 2px;
border: 2px solid #000060;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/layout_tests.txt b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/layout_tests.txt
index da59b48..0249f80 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/layout_tests.txt
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/css3-flexbox/layout_tests.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
combined-baseline
+combined-container-sizing-edge-cases
combined-order-and-multiline
combined-positioning-tests
combined-shrinking-and-justify-content
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform-expected.png b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform-expected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9fe389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform-expected.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform.html b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1495268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-has-rotate-transform.html
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ | This test checks that the intersection is correctly computed when an element
+ | in the containing block chain undergoes a transform. One side of the border
+ | box of the containing block is disproportionately large to check that the
+ | rotations are being calculated relative to the border box and not any other
+ | others (i.e. padding).
+ | The containing block element turns yellow only if the intersection between
+ | the target and the viewport is correctly computed to be 0.5.
+ | https://www.w3.org/TR/intersection-observer/
+ -->
+<html>
+<head>
+ <style>
+ #moving {
+ border-left-width: 100px;
+ border-style: solid;
+ background-color: red;
+ width: 100px;
+ height: 100px;
+ left: 0px;
+ top: 0px;
+ position: absolute;
+ }
+ #target {
+ background-color: green;
+ width: 100px;
+ height: 100px;
+ left: -100px;
+ top: 0px;
+ position: relative;
+ }
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+ <div id="moving">
+ <div id="target">
+ </div>
+ </div>
+
+ <script>
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.waitUntilDone();
+ }
+
+ window.addEventListener("load", function() {
+ var movingElement = document.querySelector('#moving');
+ var targetElement = document.querySelector('#target');
+ var expectedRatio = 0.5;
+ // leave room for some rounding differences due to rotation calculations
+ var epsilon = 0.02;
+
+ function buildThresholdsList() {
+ var thresholds = []
+ var numSteps = 100;
+ for (var i = 0; i < numSteps; i++) {
+ thresholds.push(i / numSteps);
+ }
+ return thresholds;
+ }
+
+ function handleIntersect(entries, observer) {
+ entries.forEach(function(entry) {
+ console.log(entry.intersectionRatio);
+ if (Math.abs(entry.intersectionRatio - expectedRatio) < epsilon) {
+ movingElement.style.backgroundColor = "yellow";
+ }
+ });
+ }
+
+ function createObserver() {
+ var options = {
+ root: null,
+ rootMargin: "0px",
+ threshold: buildThresholdsList()
+ };
+
+ var observer = new IntersectionObserver(handleIntersect, options);
+ observer.observe(targetElement);
+ }
+
+ createObserver();
+
+ movingElement.style.transform = "rotate(90deg)";
+
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.DoNonMeasuredLayout();
+ window.setTimeout(function() { window.testRunner.notifyDone(); }, 0);
+ }
+ });
+ </script>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition-expected.png b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition-expected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5675795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition-expected.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition.html b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41f4e1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/containing-block-undergoes-transition.html
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ | This test checks that intersection observer events get fired when
+ | intersection information changes as the result of an element in the
+ | containing block chain undergoing a transition.
+ | The target element is initially green when it intersects with the root
+ | element, but when it stops intersecting (as it should after the transition)
+ | it should turn yellow.
+ | https://www.w3.org/TR/intersection-observer/
+ -->
+<html>
+<head>
+ <style>
+ div {
+ margin: 50px;
+ }
+ #static {
+ background-color: red;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ position: absolute;
+ }
+ #moving {
+ background-color: blue;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ position: absolute;
+ transition: transform 1s linear;
+ }
+ #target {
+ background-color: green;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ }
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+ <div id="static">
+ <div id="moving">
+ <div id="target">
+ </div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+
+ <script>
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.waitUntilDone();
+ }
+
+ window.addEventListener("load", function() {
+ var staticElement = document.querySelector('#static');
+ var movingElement = document.querySelector('#moving');
+ var targetElement = document.querySelector('#target');
+
+ function handleIntersect(entries, observer) {
+ entries.forEach(function(entry) {
+ console.log(entry.intersectionRatio);
+ if (entry.intersectionRatio == 0) {
+ entry.target.style.backgroundColor = "yellow";
+ }
+ });
+ }
+
+ function createObserver() {
+ var options = {
+ root: staticElement,
+ rootMargin: "0px",
+ threshold: 0.0
+ };
+
+ var observer = new IntersectionObserver(handleIntersect, options);
+ observer.observe(targetElement);
+ }
+
+ createObserver();
+
+ movingElement.style.transform = "translate(110px, 0)";
+
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.DoNonMeasuredLayout();
+ window.testRunner.AdvanceClockByMs(1000);
+ window.testRunner.DoNonMeasuredLayout();
+ window.setTimeout(function() { window.testRunner.notifyDone(); }, 0);
+ }
+ });
+ </script>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/layout_tests.txt b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/layout_tests.txt
index f449fdd..767d972 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/layout_tests.txt
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/layout_tests.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+containing-block-has-rotate-transform
+containing-block-undergoes-transition
element-in-containing-block-chain-has-overflow-clip-with-padding-and-border
element-in-containing-block-chain-has-overflow-clip-without-padding-or-border
intersection-ratio-is-nonzero-but-is-intersecting-is-false
@@ -13,4 +15,5 @@
target-has-nonzero-padding-and-border
target-with-nonzero-area-is-edge-adjacent-to-root
target-with-zero-area-is-edge-adjacent-to-root
+target-undergoes-transition
unobserved-targets-do-not-get-included-in-next-update
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition-expected.png b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition-expected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28b8528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition-expected.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition.html b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52b3592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/layout_tests/testdata/intersection-observer/target-undergoes-transition.html
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ | This test checks that intersection observer events get fired when
+ | intersection information changes as the result of the target undergoing a
+ | transition.
+ | The target element is initially green when it intersects completely with the
+ | viewport, but when it moves partially offscreen (as it should after the
+ | transition) it should turn yellow.
+ | https://www.w3.org/TR/intersection-observer/
+ -->
+<html>
+<head>
+ <style>
+ div {
+ margin: 50px;
+ }
+ #static1 {
+ background-color: red;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ position: absolute;
+ }
+ #static2 {
+ background-color: blue;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ position: absolute;
+ }
+ #moving {
+ background-color: green;
+ width: 200px;
+ height: 200px;
+ transition: transform 1s linear;
+ }
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+ <div id="static1">
+ <div id="static2">
+ <div id="moving">
+ </div>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+
+ <script>
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.waitUntilDone();
+ }
+
+ window.addEventListener("load", function() {
+ var firstStaticElement = document.querySelector('#static1');
+ var secondStaticElement = document.querySelector('#static2');
+ var movingElement = document.querySelector('#moving');
+
+ function handleIntersect(entries, observer) {
+ entries.forEach(function(entry) {
+ console.log(entry.intersectionRatio);
+ if (entry.intersectionRatio < 1) {
+ entry.target.style.backgroundColor = "yellow";
+ }
+ });
+ }
+
+ function createObserver() {
+ var options = {
+ root: null,
+ rootMargin: "0px",
+ threshold: 1
+ };
+
+ var observer = new IntersectionObserver(handleIntersect, options);
+ observer.observe(movingElement);
+ }
+
+ createObserver();
+
+ movingElement.style.transform = "translate(-200px, 0)";
+
+ if (window.testRunner) {
+ window.testRunner.DoNonMeasuredLayout();
+ window.testRunner.AdvanceClockByMs(1000);
+ window.testRunner.DoNonMeasuredLayout();
+ window.setTimeout(function() { window.testRunner.notifyDone(); }, 0);
+ }
+ });
+ </script>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.css b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.css
index 58b938a..36e5480 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.css
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.css
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
#splash {
background-color: #ffffff;
- background-image: url("h5vcc-embedded://cobalt_word_logo_1024.png");
+ background-image: url("h5vcc-embedded://cobalt_word_logo_356.png");
background-position: center center;
background-repeat: no-repeat;
background-size: auto 33%;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.html b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.html
index b6a369f..7d59798 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.html
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_splash_screen.html
@@ -20,14 +20,14 @@
<meta http-equiv="Content-Security-Policy" content="default-src 'none';
script-src h5vcc-embedded://*/splash_screen.js;
style-src h5vcc-embedded://*/cobalt_splash_screen.css;
- img-src h5vcc-embedded://*/cobalt_word_logo_1024.png;">
+ img-src h5vcc-embedded://*/cobalt_word_logo_356.png;">
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"
href="h5vcc-embedded://cobalt_splash_screen.css">
</head>
<body>
<div id="splash">
- <img src="h5vcc-embedded://cobalt_word_logo_1024.png" class="hidden">
+ <img src="h5vcc-embedded://cobalt_word_logo_356.png" class="hidden">
</div>
<div id="loading">
<div id="spinner">
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_1024.png b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_1024.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a1d64b..0000000
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_1024.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_356.png b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_356.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f05d31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/embedded_resources/cobalt_word_logo_356.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.cc b/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.cc
index cde58c0..9618b0b 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.cc
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@
frame_provider_(new FrameProvider()) {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image",
"AnimatedWebPImage::AnimatedWebPImage()");
+ DETACH_FROM_THREAD(task_runner_thread_checker_);
}
scoped_refptr<AnimatedImage::FrameProvider>
@@ -68,27 +69,32 @@
void AnimatedWebPImage::Play(
const scoped_refptr<base::SingleThreadTaskRunner>& task_runner) {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::Play()");
- base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
-
- if (is_playing_) {
- return;
+ // This function may be called from a thread that is not the task runner
+ // thread, but it must be consistent (and consistent with Stop() also).
+ // This ensures that it's safe to set |task_runner_| without holding a lock.
+ DCHECK_CALLED_ON_VALID_THREAD(task_runner_thread_checker_);
+ if (!task_runner_) {
+ task_runner_ = task_runner;
+ } else {
+ DCHECK_EQ(task_runner_, task_runner);
}
- is_playing_ = true;
- task_runner_ = task_runner;
- if (received_first_frame_) {
- PlayInternal();
- }
+ task_runner_->PostTask(FROM_HERE, base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::PlayInternal,
+ base::Unretained(this)));
}
void AnimatedWebPImage::Stop() {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::Stop()");
- base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
- if (is_playing_) {
- task_runner_->PostTask(
- FROM_HERE,
- base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::StopInternal, base::Unretained(this)));
+ // This function may be called from a thread that is not the task runner
+ // thread, but it must be consistent (and consistent with Play() also).
+ DCHECK_CALLED_ON_VALID_THREAD(task_runner_thread_checker_);
+ if (!task_runner_) {
+ // The image has not started playing yet.
+ return;
}
+
+ task_runner_->PostTask(FROM_HERE, base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::StopInternal,
+ base::Unretained(this)));
}
void AnimatedWebPImage::AppendChunk(const uint8* data, size_t size) {
@@ -120,7 +126,7 @@
(background_color >> 0 & 0xff) / 255.0f);
if (is_playing_) {
- PlayInternal();
+ StartDecoding();
}
}
frame_count_ = new_frame_count;
@@ -129,46 +135,75 @@
AnimatedWebPImage::~AnimatedWebPImage() {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image",
"AnimatedWebPImage::~AnimatedWebPImage()");
- Stop();
- bool is_playing = false;
- {
- base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
- is_playing = is_playing_;
- }
- if (is_playing) {
+ if (task_runner_) {
+ Stop();
task_runner_->WaitForFence();
}
+
WebPDemuxDelete(demux_);
}
+void AnimatedWebPImage::PlayInternal() {
+ TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::PlayInternal()");
+ base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
+
+ if (is_playing_) {
+ return;
+ }
+ is_playing_ = true;
+
+ if (received_first_frame_) {
+ StartDecoding();
+ }
+}
+
void AnimatedWebPImage::StopInternal() {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::StopInternal()");
DCHECK(task_runner_->BelongsToCurrentThread());
base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
+ if (!is_playing_) {
+ return;
+ }
+
if (!decode_closure_.callback().is_null()) {
is_playing_ = false;
decode_closure_.Cancel();
}
}
-void AnimatedWebPImage::PlayInternal() {
- TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::PlayInternal()");
+void AnimatedWebPImage::StartDecoding() {
+ TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::StartDecoding()");
+ lock_.AssertAcquired();
current_frame_time_ = base::TimeTicks::Now();
- task_runner_->PostTask(FROM_HERE, base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::DecodeFrames,
- base::Unretained(this)));
+ if (task_runner_->BelongsToCurrentThread()) {
+ DecodeFrames();
+ } else {
+ task_runner_->PostTask(FROM_HERE,
+ base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::LockAndDecodeFrames,
+ base::Unretained(this)));
+ }
+}
+
+void AnimatedWebPImage::LockAndDecodeFrames() {
+ TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image",
+ "AnimatedWebPImage::LockAndDecodeFrames()");
+ DCHECK(task_runner_->BelongsToCurrentThread());
+
+ base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
+ DecodeFrames();
}
void AnimatedWebPImage::DecodeFrames() {
TRACE_EVENT0("cobalt::loader::image", "AnimatedWebPImage::DecodeFrames()");
TRACK_MEMORY_SCOPE("Rendering");
+ lock_.AssertAcquired();
DCHECK(is_playing_ && received_first_frame_);
DCHECK(task_runner_->BelongsToCurrentThread());
- base::AutoLock lock(lock_);
-
if (decode_closure_.callback().is_null()) {
decode_closure_.Reset(
- base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::DecodeFrames, base::Unretained(this)));
+ base::Bind(&AnimatedWebPImage::LockAndDecodeFrames,
+ base::Unretained(this)));
}
if (AdvanceFrame()) {
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.h b/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.h
index 862b77e..34cf56b 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/image/animated_webp_image.h
@@ -64,14 +64,23 @@
private:
~AnimatedWebPImage() override;
+ // Starts playback of the animated image, or sets a flag indicating that we
+ // would like to start playing as soon as we can.
+ void PlayInternal();
+
// To be called the decoding thread, to cancel future decodings.
void StopInternal();
- void PlayInternal();
+ // Starts the process of decoding frames. It assumes frames are available to
+ // decode.
+ void StartDecoding();
- // Decodes all frames until current time.
+ // Decodes all frames until current time. Assumes |lock_| is acquired.
void DecodeFrames();
+ // Acquires |lock_| and calls DecodeFrames().
+ void LockAndDecodeFrames();
+
// Decodes the frame with the given index, returns if it succeeded.
bool DecodeOneFrame(int frame_index);
@@ -109,6 +118,11 @@
scoped_refptr<render_tree::Image> current_canvas_;
scoped_refptr<FrameProvider> frame_provider_;
base::Lock lock_;
+
+ // Makes sure that the thread that sets the task_runner is always consistent.
+ // This is the thread sending Play()/Stop() calls, and is not necessarily
+ // the same thread that the task_runner itself is running on.
+ THREAD_CHECKER(task_runner_thread_checker_);
};
} // namespace image
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/image/image_decoder_test.cc b/src/cobalt/loader/image/image_decoder_test.cc
index bd9e244..6e03611 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/image/image_decoder_test.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/image/image_decoder_test.cc
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@
void ExpectCallWithError(const base::Optional<std::string>& error);
protected:
- ::testing::StrictMock<MockImageDecoderCallback> image_decoder_callback_;
render_tree::ResourceProviderStub resource_provider_;
+ ::testing::StrictMock<MockImageDecoderCallback> image_decoder_callback_;
std::unique_ptr<Decoder> image_decoder_;
};
@@ -785,6 +785,9 @@
// Test that we can properly decode animated WEBP image.
TEST(ImageDecoderTest, DecodeAnimatedWEBPImage) {
+ base::Thread thread("AnimatedWebP test");
+ thread.Start();
+
MockImageDecoder image_decoder;
image_decoder.ExpectCallWithError(base::nullopt);
@@ -799,11 +802,8 @@
image_decoder.image().get());
ASSERT_TRUE(animated_webp_image);
- base::Thread thread("AnimatedWebP test");
- thread.Start();
animated_webp_image->Play(thread.task_runner());
animated_webp_image->Stop();
- thread.Stop();
// The image should contain the whole undecoded data from the file.
EXPECT_EQ(4261474u, animated_webp_image->GetEstimatedSizeInBytes());
@@ -814,6 +814,9 @@
// Test that we can properly decode animated WEBP image in multiple chunks.
TEST(ImageDecoderTest, DecodeAnimatedWEBPImageWithMultipleChunks) {
+ base::Thread thread("AnimatedWebP test");
+ thread.Start();
+
MockImageDecoder image_decoder;
image_decoder.ExpectCallWithError(base::nullopt);
@@ -831,11 +834,8 @@
image_decoder.image().get());
ASSERT_TRUE(animated_webp_image);
- base::Thread thread("AnimatedWebP test");
- thread.Start();
animated_webp_image->Play(thread.task_runner());
animated_webp_image->Stop();
- thread.Stop();
// The image should contain the whole undecoded data from the file.
EXPECT_EQ(4261474u, animated_webp_image->GetEstimatedSizeInBytes());
diff --git a/src/cobalt/loader/loader.gyp b/src/cobalt/loader/loader.gyp
index 912678a..3f2976f 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/loader/loader.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/loader/loader.gyp
@@ -206,6 +206,7 @@
'<(input_directory)/black_splash_screen.html',
'<(input_directory)/cobalt_splash_screen.css',
'<(input_directory)/cobalt_splash_screen.html',
+ '<(input_directory)/cobalt_word_logo_356.png',
'<(input_directory)/dialog.css',
'<(input_directory)/dialog.js',
'<(input_directory)/equirectangular_40_40.msh',
diff --git a/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.cc b/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.cc
index 3e46a77..ab0cedd 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.cc
@@ -102,7 +102,9 @@
message_loop_(base::MessageLoop::current()->task_runner()),
ALLOW_THIS_IN_INITIALIZER_LIST(weak_ptr_factory_(this)),
weak_this_(weak_ptr_factory_.GetWeakPtr()) {
- DCHECK_NE(kSbDrmSystemInvalid, wrapped_drm_system_);
+ if (!is_valid()) {
+ SB_LOG(ERROR) << "Failed to initialize the underlying wrapped DrmSystem.";
+ }
}
DrmSystem::~DrmSystem() { SbDrmDestroySystem(wrapped_drm_system_); }
diff --git a/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.h b/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.h
index 819d9c9..d4290f8 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/media/base/drm_system.h
@@ -142,6 +142,8 @@
SbDrmSystem wrapped_drm_system() { return wrapped_drm_system_; }
+ bool is_valid() const { return SbDrmSystemIsValid(wrapped_drm_system_); }
+
std::unique_ptr<Session> CreateSession(
SessionUpdateKeyStatusesCallback session_update_key_statuses_callback
#if SB_HAS(DRM_SESSION_CLOSED)
diff --git a/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.cc b/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.cc
index fbeb07c..5140d01 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.cc
+++ b/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.cc
@@ -362,25 +362,51 @@
void ShellAudioBus::Mix(const ShellAudioBus& source,
const std::vector<float>& matrix) {
DCHECK_EQ(channels() * source.channels(), matrix.size());
- DCHECK_EQ(sample_type_, kFloat32);
- DCHECK_EQ(source.sample_type_, kFloat32);
+ DCHECK_EQ(sample_type_, source.sample_type_);
+
if (channels() * source.channels() != matrix.size() ||
- sample_type_ != kFloat32 || source.sample_type_ != kFloat32) {
+ sample_type_ != source.sample_type_) {
ZeroAllFrames();
return;
}
- size_t frames = std::min(frames_, source.frames_);
- for (size_t dest_channel = 0; dest_channel < channels_; ++dest_channel) {
- for (size_t frame = 0; frame < frames; ++frame) {
- float mixed_sample = 0.f;
- for (size_t src_channel = 0; src_channel < source.channels_;
- ++src_channel) {
- mixed_sample += source.GetFloat32Sample(src_channel, frame) *
- matrix[dest_channel * source.channels_ + src_channel];
+ if (sample_type_ == kFloat32) {
+ size_t frames = std::min(frames_, source.frames_);
+ for (size_t dest_channel = 0; dest_channel < channels_; ++dest_channel) {
+ for (size_t frame = 0; frame < frames; ++frame) {
+ float mixed_sample = 0.f;
+ for (size_t src_channel = 0; src_channel < source.channels_;
+ ++src_channel) {
+ float val = source.GetFloat32Sample(src_channel, frame) *
+ matrix[dest_channel * source.channels_ + src_channel];
+ mixed_sample += val;
+ }
+ mixed_sample += GetFloat32Sample(dest_channel, frame);
+ SetFloat32Sample(dest_channel, frame, mixed_sample);
}
- mixed_sample += GetFloat32Sample(dest_channel, frame);
- SetFloat32Sample(dest_channel, frame, mixed_sample);
+ }
+ } else {
+ DCHECK_EQ(sample_type_, kInt16);
+ size_t frames = std::min(frames_, source.frames_);
+ for (size_t dest_channel = 0; dest_channel < channels_; ++dest_channel) {
+ for (size_t frame = 0; frame < frames; ++frame) {
+ int mixed_sample = 0;
+ for (size_t src_channel = 0; src_channel < source.channels_;
+ ++src_channel) {
+ mixed_sample += source.GetInt16Sample(src_channel, frame) *
+ matrix[dest_channel * source.channels_ + src_channel];
+ }
+ mixed_sample += GetInt16Sample(dest_channel, frame);
+ if (mixed_sample > std::numeric_limits<int16>::max()) {
+ SetInt16Sample(dest_channel, frame,
+ std::numeric_limits<int16>::max());
+ } else if (mixed_sample < std::numeric_limits<int16>::min()) {
+ SetInt16Sample(dest_channel, frame,
+ std::numeric_limits<int16>::min());
+ } else {
+ SetInt16Sample(dest_channel, frame, mixed_sample);
+ }
+ }
}
}
}
diff --git a/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.h b/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.h
index 405dab8..cdd4668 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/media/base/shell_audio_bus.h
@@ -144,6 +144,10 @@
DCHECK_EQ(sample_type_, kFloat32);
*reinterpret_cast<float*>(GetSamplePtr(channel, frame)) = sample;
}
+ void SetInt16Sample(size_t channel, size_t frame, int16 sample) {
+ DCHECK_EQ(sample_type_, kInt16);
+ *reinterpret_cast<int16*>(GetSamplePtr(channel, frame)) = sample;
+ }
uint8* GetSamplePtr(size_t channel, size_t frame);
const uint8* GetSamplePtr(size_t channel, size_t frame) const;
diff --git a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/common.gyp b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/common.gyp
index 5b07ed0..0bb0473 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/common.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/common.gyp
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@
# limitations under the License.
{
+ 'variables': {
+ 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
+ },
'targets': [
{
'target_name': 'common',
diff --git a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/config/SkUserConfig.h b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/config/SkUserConfig.h
index f25e8bf..0c3da7c 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/config/SkUserConfig.h
+++ b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/config/SkUserConfig.h
@@ -207,9 +207,13 @@
#define GR_MAX_OFFSCREEN_AA_DIM 512
// Log the file and line number for assertions.
+#if defined(COBALT_BUILD_TYPE_GOLD)
+#define SkDebugf(...) (void)0
+#else
#define SkDebugf(...) SkDebugf_FileLine(__FILE__, __LINE__, false, __VA_ARGS__)
SK_API void SkDebugf_FileLine(const char* file, int line, bool fatal,
const char* format, ...);
+#endif // defined(COBALT_BUILD_TYPE_GOLD)
// Marking the debug print as "fatal" will cause a debug break, so we don't need
// a separate crash call here.
diff --git a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/skia.gyp b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/skia.gyp
index 8dd1a1e..e61806a 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/skia.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/skia/skia.gyp
@@ -3,9 +3,6 @@
# found in the LICENSE file.
{
- 'variables': {
- 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
- },
'targets': [
{
# This is the target that all Cobalt modules should depend on if they
@@ -24,6 +21,14 @@
'export_dependent_settings': [
'skia_library',
],
+ 'conditions': [
+ # Skia should normally be optimized for speed. However, the direct-gles
+ # rasterizer rarely uses skia and normally caches its output anyway, so
+ # optimize skia for size in its case.
+ ['rasterizer_type != "direct-gles"', {
+ 'variables': { 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1 },
+ }],
+ ],
},
{
@@ -35,6 +40,14 @@
'skia_library.gypi',
'skia_sksl.gypi',
],
+ 'conditions': [
+ # Skia should normally be optimized for speed. However, the direct-gles
+ # rasterizer rarely uses skia and normally caches its output anyway, so
+ # optimize skia for size in its case.
+ ['rasterizer_type != "direct-gles"', {
+ 'variables': { 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1 },
+ }],
+ ],
},
{
diff --git a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/software_rasterizer.gyp b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/software_rasterizer.gyp
index 9ceba1d..be89a66 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/software_rasterizer.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/renderer/rasterizer/skia/software_rasterizer.gyp
@@ -13,6 +13,9 @@
# limitations under the License.
{
+ 'variables': {
+ 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
+ },
'targets': [
{
'target_name': 'software_rasterizer',
@@ -38,4 +41,4 @@
],
},
],
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.cc b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.cc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e79443d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.cc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Cobalt Authors. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.h"
+
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/conversion_helpers.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/v8c_exception_state.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/v8c_global_environment.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/wrapper_private.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/wrappable.h"
+
+namespace cobalt {
+namespace script {
+namespace v8c {
+namespace shared_bindings {
+// All code here are intended to be used by v8c bindings code.
+
+bool object_implements_interface(
+ v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template, v8::Isolate* isolate,
+ v8::Local<v8::Object> object) {
+ V8cGlobalEnvironment* global_environment =
+ V8cGlobalEnvironment::GetFromIsolate(isolate);
+ WrapperFactory* wrapper_factory = global_environment->wrapper_factory();
+ if (!WrapperPrivate::HasWrapperPrivate(object) ||
+ !function_template->HasInstance(object)) {
+ V8cExceptionState exception(isolate);
+ exception.SetSimpleException(script::kDoesNotImplementInterface);
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+void set_intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template(
+ v8::Isolate* isolate, v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template) {
+ // A spicy hack from Chromium in order to achieve
+ // https://heycam.github.io/webidl/#es-DOMException-specialness
+ // See
+ // https://cs.chromium.org/chromium/src/third_party/WebKit/Source/bindings/templates/interface_base.cpp.tmpl?l=630&rcl=0f7c2c752bb24ad08c17017e4e68401093fe76a0
+ v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template =
+ v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate);
+ intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template->RemovePrototype();
+ intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template->SetIntrinsicDataProperty(
+ NewInternalString(isolate, "prototype"), v8::kErrorPrototype);
+ function_template->Inherit(intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template);
+}
+
+void set_property_for_nonconstructor_attribute(
+ v8::Isolate* isolate, bool configurable, bool has_setter, bool on_interface,
+ bool on_instance, v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template,
+ v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> instance_template,
+ v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> prototype_template, const char* idl_name,
+ v8::FunctionCallback IDLGetter, v8::FunctionCallback IDLSetter) {
+ // The name of the property is the identifier of the attribute.
+ v8::Local<v8::String> name = NewInternalString(isolate, idl_name);
+
+ // The property has attributes { [[Get]]: G, [[Set]]: S, [[Enumerable]]:
+ // true, [[Configurable]]: configurable }, where: configurable is false if
+ // the attribute was declared with the [Unforgeable] extended attribute and
+ // true otherwise;
+ v8::PropertyAttribute attributes = static_cast<v8::PropertyAttribute>(
+ configurable ? v8::None : v8::DontDelete);
+
+ // G is the attribute getter created given the attribute, the interface, and
+ // the relevant Realm of the object that is the location of the property;
+ // and
+ //
+ // S is the attribute setter created given the attribute, the interface, and
+ // the relevant Realm of the object that is the location of the property.
+ v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> getter =
+ v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, IDLGetter);
+ v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> setter;
+ if (has_setter) {
+ setter = v8::FunctionTemplate::New(isolate, IDLSetter);
+ }
+
+ // The location of the property is determined as follows:
+ if (on_interface) {
+ // Operations installed on the interface object must be static methods, so
+ // no need to specify a signature, i.e. no need to do type check against a
+ // holder.
+
+ // If the attribute is a static attribute, then there is a single
+ // corresponding property and it exists on the interface's interface object.
+ function_template->SetAccessorProperty(name, getter, setter, attributes);
+ } else if (on_instance) {
+ // Otherwise, if the attribute is unforgeable on the interface or if the
+ // interface was declared with the [Global] extended attribute, then the
+ // property exists on every object that implements the interface.
+ instance_template->SetAccessorProperty(name, getter, setter, attributes);
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, the property exists solely on the interface's interface
+ // prototype object.
+ prototype_template->SetAccessorProperty(name, getter, setter, attributes);
+ }
+}
+
+} // namespace shared_bindings
+} // namespace v8c
+} // namespace script
+} // namespace cobalt
diff --git a/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.h b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef81a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/common_v8c_bindings_code.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Cobalt Authors. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+#ifndef COBALT_SCRIPT_V8C_COMMON_V8C_BINDINGS_CODE_H_
+#define COBALT_SCRIPT_V8C_COMMON_V8C_BINDINGS_CODE_H_
+
+#include "base/logging.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/exception_message.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/conversion_helpers.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/helpers.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/v8c_exception_state.h"
+#include "cobalt/script/v8c/wrapper_private.h"
+#include "v8/include/v8.h"
+
+namespace cobalt {
+namespace script {
+namespace v8c {
+namespace shared_bindings {
+// All code here are intended to be used by v8c bindings code only.
+
+bool object_implements_interface(
+ v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template, v8::Isolate* isolate,
+ v8::Local<v8::Object> object);
+
+
+template <typename ImplClass, typename BindingClass>
+ImplClass* get_impl_class_from_info(
+ const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info) {
+ v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
+ v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
+ V8cExceptionState exception_state(isolate);
+
+ if (!object_implements_interface(BindingClass::GetTemplate(isolate), isolate,
+ object)) {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ WrapperPrivate* wrapper_private =
+ WrapperPrivate::GetFromWrapperObject(object);
+
+ // |WrapperPrivate::GetFromObject| can fail if |object| is not a |Wrapper|
+ // object.
+ if (!wrapper_private) {
+ exception_state.SetSimpleException(cobalt::script::kStringifierProblem);
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ImplClass* impl = wrapper_private->wrappable<ImplClass>().get();
+ if (!impl) {
+ exception_state.SetSimpleException(cobalt::script::kStringifierProblem);
+ NOTREACHED();
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return impl;
+}
+
+void set_intrinsic_error_prototype_interface_template(
+ v8::Isolate* isolate, v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template);
+
+void set_property_for_nonconstructor_attribute(
+ v8::Isolate* isolate, bool configurable, bool has_setter, bool on_interface,
+ bool on_instance, v8::Local<v8::FunctionTemplate> function_template,
+ v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> instance_template,
+ v8::Local<v8::ObjectTemplate> prototype_template, const char* idl_name,
+ v8::FunctionCallback IDLGetter = v8::FunctionCallback(),
+ v8::FunctionCallback IDLSetter = v8::FunctionCallback());
+
+template <class ImplClass>
+ImplClass* get_impl_from_object(v8::Local<v8::Object> object) {
+ WrapperPrivate* wrapper_private =
+ WrapperPrivate::GetFromWrapperObject(object);
+ if (!wrapper_private) {
+ NOTIMPLEMENTED();
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return wrapper_private->wrappable<ImplClass>().get();
+}
+
+template <class ImplClass, class BindingClass>
+void AttributeGetterImpl(
+ const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info, bool is_static,
+ bool is_void_function,
+ void (*get_cobalt_value)(v8::Isolate*, ImplClass*,
+ cobalt::script::ExceptionState&,
+ v8::Local<v8::Value>&)) {
+ v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
+ v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
+
+ V8cExceptionState exception_state{isolate};
+ v8::Local<v8::Value> result_value;
+ ImplClass* impl = nullptr;
+ if (!is_static) {
+ if (!script::v8c::shared_bindings::object_implements_interface(
+ BindingClass::GetTemplate(isolate), isolate, object)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ impl = get_impl_from_object<ImplClass>(object);
+ if (!impl) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (is_void_function) {
+ // Call the actual function
+ get_cobalt_value(isolate, impl, exception_state, result_value);
+ result_value = v8::Undefined(isolate);
+ } else {
+ if (!exception_state.is_exception_set()) {
+ get_cobalt_value(isolate, impl, exception_state, result_value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (exception_state.is_exception_set()) {
+ return;
+ }
+ info.GetReturnValue().Set(result_value);
+}
+
+template <class ImplClass, class BindingClass>
+void AttributeSetterImpl(const v8::FunctionCallbackInfo<v8::Value>& info,
+ bool is_static, bool is_void_function,
+ void (*set_attribute_implementation)(
+ v8::Isolate*, ImplClass*, V8cExceptionState&,
+ v8::Local<v8::Value>&, v8::Local<v8::Value>)) {
+ v8::Isolate* isolate = info.GetIsolate();
+ v8::Local<v8::Object> object = info.Holder();
+ v8::Local<v8::Value> v8_value = info[0];
+
+ V8cExceptionState exception_state{isolate};
+ v8::Local<v8::Value> result_value;
+ ImplClass* impl = nullptr;
+ if (!is_static) {
+ if (!script::v8c::shared_bindings::object_implements_interface(
+ BindingClass::GetTemplate(isolate), isolate, object)) {
+ return;
+ }
+ impl = get_impl_from_object<ImplClass>(object);
+ if (!impl) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ set_attribute_implementation(isolate, impl, exception_state, result_value,
+ v8_value);
+}
+
+} // namespace shared_bindings
+} // namespace v8c
+} // namespace script
+} // namespace cobalt
+
+#endif // COBALT_SCRIPT_V8C_COMMON_V8C_BINDINGS_CODE_H_
diff --git a/src/cobalt/script/v8c/v8c.gyp b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/v8c.gyp
index 9ebae66..9951691 100644
--- a/src/cobalt/script/v8c/v8c.gyp
+++ b/src/cobalt/script/v8c/v8c.gyp
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
'callback_function_conversion.h',
'cobalt_platform.cc',
'cobalt_platform.h',
+ 'common_v8c_bindings_code.cc',
+ 'common_v8c_bindings_code.h',
'conversion_helpers.cc',
'conversion_helpers.h',
'entry_scope.h',
diff --git a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.gyp b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.gyp
index a14ac7e..05416b2 100644
--- a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.gyp
+++ b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.gyp
@@ -59,6 +59,14 @@
],
},
{
+ 'target_name': 'ffmpeg.58.35.100',
+ 'type': '<(library)',
+ 'sources': [ '<@(ffmpeg_specialization_sources)' ],
+ 'dependencies': [
+ '<(DEPTH)/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg_includes.gyp:ffmpeg.58.35.100',
+ ],
+ },
+ {
'target_name': 'ffmpeg_dynamic_load',
'type': '<(library)',
'sources': [
@@ -68,6 +76,7 @@
'<@(ffmpeg_dispatch_sources)',
],
'dependencies': [
+ 'ffmpeg.58.35.100',
'ffmpeg.57.107.100',
'libav.54.35.1',
'libav.56.1.0',
diff --git a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_audio_decoder_impl.cc b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_audio_decoder_impl.cc
index eb428da..74e4a8e 100644
--- a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_audio_decoder_impl.cc
+++ b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_audio_decoder_impl.cc
@@ -50,8 +50,12 @@
audio_decoder =
AudioDecoderImpl<571>::Create(audio_codec, audio_sample_info);
break;
+ case 581:
+ audio_decoder =
+ AudioDecoderImpl<581>::Create(audio_codec, audio_sample_info);
+ break;
default:
- SB_LOG(WARNING) << "Unsupported FFMPEG specialization " << std::hex
+ SB_LOG(WARNING) << "Unsupported FFMPEG specialization "
<< ffmpeg->specialization_version();
break;
}
diff --git a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_dispatch_impl.cc b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_dispatch_impl.cc
index 8bb57e1..1506cd5 100644
--- a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_dispatch_impl.cc
+++ b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_dispatch_impl.cc
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@
#include "starboard/client_porting/poem/string_leaks_poem.h"
-#include "starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dispatch.h"
-
#include <dlfcn.h>
+
#include <map>
#include "starboard/common/log.h"
#include "starboard/common/scoped_ptr.h"
#include "starboard/common/string.h"
#include "starboard/once.h"
+#include "starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dispatch.h"
#include "starboard/shared/starboard/lazy_initialization_internal.h"
namespace starboard {
@@ -163,33 +163,29 @@
for (auto version_iterator = versions_.rbegin();
version_iterator != versions_.rend(); ++version_iterator) {
LibraryMajorVersions& versions = version_iterator->second;
- avutil_ = dlopen(
- GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVUtilLibraryName, versions.avutil).c_str(),
- RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ std::string library_file =
+ GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVUtilLibraryName, versions.avutil);
+ avutil_ = dlopen(library_file.c_str(), RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
if (!avutil_) {
- SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
- << kAVUtilLibraryName;
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library " << library_file;
continue;
}
- avcodec_ = dlopen(
- GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVCodecLibraryName, versions.avcodec).c_str(),
- RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ library_file =
+ GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVCodecLibraryName, versions.avcodec);
+ avcodec_ = dlopen(library_file.c_str(), RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
if (!avcodec_) {
- SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
- << kAVCodecLibraryName;
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library " << library_file;
dlclose(avutil_);
avutil_ = NULL;
continue;
}
- avformat_ =
- dlopen(GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVFormatLibraryName, versions.avformat)
- .c_str(),
- RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ library_file =
+ GetVersionedLibraryName(kAVFormatLibraryName, versions.avformat);
+ avformat_ = dlopen(library_file.c_str(), RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
if (!avformat_) {
- SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
- << kAVFormatLibraryName;
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library " << library_file;
dlclose(avcodec_);
avcodec_ = NULL;
dlclose(avutil_);
@@ -199,6 +195,36 @@
SB_DCHECK(is_valid());
break;
}
+ if (!is_valid()) {
+ // Attempt to load the libraries without a version number.
+ // This allows loading of the libraries on machines where a versioned and
+ // supported library is not available. Additionally, if this results in a
+ // library version being loaded that is not supported, then the decoder
+ // instantiation can output a more informative log message.
+ avutil_ = dlopen(kAVUtilLibraryName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ if (!avutil_) {
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
+ << kAVUtilLibraryName;
+ }
+
+ avcodec_ = dlopen(kAVCodecLibraryName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ if (!avcodec_) {
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
+ << kAVCodecLibraryName;
+ dlclose(avutil_);
+ avutil_ = NULL;
+ }
+
+ avformat_ = dlopen(kAVFormatLibraryName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+ if (!avformat_) {
+ SB_DLOG(WARNING) << "Unable to open shared library "
+ << kAVFormatLibraryName;
+ dlclose(avcodec_);
+ avcodec_ = NULL;
+ dlclose(avutil_);
+ avutil_ = NULL;
+ }
+ }
return is_valid();
}
diff --git a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_video_decoder_impl.cc b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_video_decoder_impl.cc
index 306786f..558d346 100644
--- a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_video_decoder_impl.cc
+++ b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_dynamic_load_video_decoder_impl.cc
@@ -52,9 +52,13 @@
video_decoder = VideoDecoderImpl<571>::Create(
video_codec, output_mode, decode_target_graphics_context_provider);
break;
+ case 581:
+ video_decoder = VideoDecoderImpl<581>::Create(
+ video_codec, output_mode, decode_target_graphics_context_provider);
+ break;
default:
- SB_LOG(WARNING) << "Unsupported FFMPEG version " << std::hex
- << ffmpeg->avutil_version();
+ SB_LOG(WARNING) << "Unsupported FFMPEG version "
+ << ffmpeg->specialization_version();
break;
}
return video_decoder;
diff --git a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_video_decoder_impl.cc b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_video_decoder_impl.cc
index 3e9e042..26724c2 100644
--- a/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_video_decoder_impl.cc
+++ b/src/starboard/shared/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_video_decoder_impl.cc
@@ -340,7 +340,9 @@
codec_context_->error_concealment = FF_EC_GUESS_MVS | FF_EC_DEBLOCK;
codec_context_->thread_count = 2;
codec_context_->opaque = this;
+#if defined(CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE)
codec_context_->flags |= CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE;
+#endif
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(52, 8, 0)
codec_context_->get_buffer2 = AllocateBufferCallback;
#else // LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(52, 8, 0)
diff --git a/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.cc b/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.cc
index 843a12f..bc229d8 100644
--- a/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.cc
+++ b/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.cc
@@ -30,25 +30,43 @@
#include "starboard/configuration.h"
#include "starboard/memory.h"
+#define EGL_CALL_PREFIX SbGetEglInterface()->
+#define GL_CALL_PREFIX SbGetGlInterface()->
+
+#define EGL_CALL(x) \
+ do { \
+ EGL_CALL_PREFIX x; \
+ SB_DCHECK(EGL_CALL_PREFIX eglGetError() == SB_EGL_SUCCESS); \
+ } while (false)
+
+#define GL_CALL(x) \
+ do { \
+ GL_CALL_PREFIX x; \
+ SB_DCHECK(GL_CALL_PREFIX glGetError() == SB_GL_NO_ERROR); \
+ } while (false)
+
+#define EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(x) (EGL_CALL_PREFIX x)
+#define GL_CALL_SIMPLE(x) (GL_CALL_PREFIX x)
+
namespace starboard {
namespace testing {
namespace {
#if SB_HAS(GLES2)
-EGLint const kAttributeList[] = {EGL_RED_SIZE,
- 8,
- EGL_GREEN_SIZE,
- 8,
- EGL_BLUE_SIZE,
- 8,
- EGL_ALPHA_SIZE,
- 8,
- EGL_SURFACE_TYPE,
- EGL_WINDOW_BIT | EGL_PBUFFER_BIT,
- EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE,
- EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT,
- EGL_NONE};
+SbEglInt32 const kAttributeList[] = {SB_EGL_RED_SIZE,
+ 8,
+ SB_EGL_GREEN_SIZE,
+ 8,
+ SB_EGL_BLUE_SIZE,
+ 8,
+ SB_EGL_ALPHA_SIZE,
+ 8,
+ SB_EGL_SURFACE_TYPE,
+ SB_EGL_WINDOW_BIT | SB_EGL_PBUFFER_BIT,
+ SB_EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE,
+ SB_EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT,
+ SB_EGL_NONE};
#endif // SB_HAS(GLES2)
} // namespace
@@ -56,9 +74,9 @@
FakeGraphicsContextProvider::FakeGraphicsContextProvider()
:
#if SB_HAS(GLES2)
- display_(EGL_NO_DISPLAY),
- surface_(EGL_NO_SURFACE),
- context_(EGL_NO_CONTEXT),
+ display_(SB_EGL_NO_DISPLAY),
+ surface_(SB_EGL_NO_SURFACE),
+ context_(SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT),
#endif // SB_HAS(GLES2)
window_(kSbWindowInvalid) {
InitializeWindow();
@@ -75,10 +93,8 @@
std::bind(&FakeGraphicsContextProvider::DestroyContext, this));
functor_queue_.Wake();
SbThreadJoin(decode_target_context_thread_, NULL);
- eglDestroySurface(display_, surface_);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
- eglTerminate(display_);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
+ EGL_CALL(eglDestroySurface(display_, surface_));
+ EGL_CALL(eglTerminate(display_));
#endif // SB_HAS(GLES2)
SbWindowDestroy(window_);
}
@@ -126,18 +142,18 @@
#if SB_HAS(GLES2)
void FakeGraphicsContextProvider::InitializeEGL() {
- display_ = eglGetDisplay(EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
- SB_CHECK(EGL_NO_DISPLAY != display_);
+ display_ = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetDisplay(SB_EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY));
+ SB_DCHECK(SB_EGL_SUCCESS == EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError()));
+ SB_CHECK(SB_EGL_NO_DISPLAY != display_);
#if HAS_LEAK_SANITIZER
__lsan_disable();
#endif // HAS_LEAK_SANITIZER
- eglInitialize(display_, NULL, NULL);
+ EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglInitialize(display_, NULL, NULL));
#if HAS_LEAK_SANITIZER
__lsan_enable();
#endif // HAS_LEAK_SANITIZER
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
+ SB_DCHECK(SB_EGL_SUCCESS == EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError()));
// Some EGL drivers can return a first config that doesn't allow
// eglCreateWindowSurface(), with no differences in EGLConfig attribute values
@@ -145,50 +161,50 @@
// eglCreateWindowSurface() until we find a config that succeeds.
// First, query how many configs match the given attribute list.
- EGLint num_configs = 0;
- eglChooseConfig(display_, kAttributeList, NULL, 0, &num_configs);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
+ SbEglInt32 num_configs = 0;
+ EGL_CALL(eglChooseConfig(display_, kAttributeList, NULL, 0, &num_configs));
SB_CHECK(0 != num_configs);
// Allocate space to receive the matching configs and retrieve them.
- EGLConfig* configs = reinterpret_cast<EGLConfig*>(
- SbMemoryAllocate(num_configs * sizeof(EGLConfig)));
- eglChooseConfig(display_, kAttributeList, configs, num_configs, &num_configs);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
+ SbEglConfig* configs = reinterpret_cast<SbEglConfig*>(
+ SbMemoryAllocate(num_configs * sizeof(SbEglConfig)));
+ EGL_CALL(eglChooseConfig(display_, kAttributeList, configs, num_configs,
+ &num_configs));
- EGLNativeWindowType native_window =
- (EGLNativeWindowType)SbWindowGetPlatformHandle(window_);
- EGLConfig config = EGLConfig();
+ SbEglNativeWindowType native_window =
+ (SbEglNativeWindowType)SbWindowGetPlatformHandle(window_);
+ SbEglConfig config = SbEglConfig();
// Find the first config that successfully allow a window surface to be
// created.
for (int config_number = 0; config_number < num_configs; ++config_number) {
config = configs[config_number];
- surface_ = eglCreateWindowSurface(display_, config, native_window, NULL);
- if (EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError())
+ surface_ = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(
+ eglCreateWindowSurface(display_, config, native_window, NULL));
+ if (SB_EGL_SUCCESS == EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError()))
break;
}
- SB_DCHECK(surface_ != EGL_NO_SURFACE);
+ SB_DCHECK(surface_ != SB_EGL_NO_SURFACE);
SbMemoryDeallocate(configs);
// Create the GLES2 or GLEX3 Context.
- EGLint context_attrib_list[] = {
- EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION, 3, EGL_NONE,
+ SbEglInt32 context_attrib_list[] = {
+ SB_EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION, 3, SB_EGL_NONE,
};
#if defined(GLES3_SUPPORTED)
// Attempt to create an OpenGL ES 3.0 context.
- context_ =
- eglCreateContext(display_, config, EGL_NO_CONTEXT, context_attrib_list);
+ context_ = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglCreateContext(
+ display_, config, SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT, context_attrib_list));
#endif
- if (context_ == EGL_NO_CONTEXT) {
+ if (context_ == SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT) {
// Create an OpenGL ES 2.0 context.
context_attrib_list[1] = 2;
- context_ =
- eglCreateContext(display_, config, EGL_NO_CONTEXT, context_attrib_list);
+ context_ = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglCreateContext(
+ display_, config, SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT, context_attrib_list));
}
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
- SB_CHECK(context_ != EGL_NO_CONTEXT);
+ SB_CHECK(SB_EGL_SUCCESS == EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError()));
+ SB_CHECK(context_ != SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT);
MakeContextCurrent();
@@ -240,22 +256,22 @@
}
void FakeGraphicsContextProvider::MakeContextCurrent() {
- SB_CHECK(EGL_NO_DISPLAY != display_);
- eglMakeCurrent(display_, surface_, surface_, context_);
- EGLint error = eglGetError();
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == error) << " eglGetError " << error;
+ SB_CHECK(SB_EGL_NO_DISPLAY != display_);
+ EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglMakeCurrent(display_, surface_, surface_, context_));
+ SbEglInt32 error = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError());
+ SB_CHECK(SB_EGL_SUCCESS == error) << " eglGetError " << error;
}
void FakeGraphicsContextProvider::MakeNoContextCurrent() {
- eglMakeCurrent(display_, EGL_NO_SURFACE, EGL_NO_SURFACE, EGL_NO_CONTEXT);
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == eglGetError());
+ EGL_CALL(eglMakeCurrent(display_, SB_EGL_NO_SURFACE, SB_EGL_NO_SURFACE,
+ SB_EGL_NO_CONTEXT));
}
void FakeGraphicsContextProvider::DestroyContext() {
MakeNoContextCurrent();
- eglDestroyContext(display_, context_);
- EGLint error = eglGetError();
- SB_CHECK(EGL_SUCCESS == error) << " eglGetError " << error;
+ EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglDestroyContext(display_, context_));
+ SbEglInt32 error = EGL_CALL_SIMPLE(eglGetError());
+ SB_CHECK(SB_EGL_SUCCESS == error) << " eglGetError " << error;
}
// static
diff --git a/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.h b/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.h
index df193a1..c68f28f 100644
--- a/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.h
+++ b/src/starboard/testing/fake_graphics_context_provider.h
@@ -22,15 +22,11 @@
#include "starboard/common/queue.h"
#include "starboard/configuration.h"
#include "starboard/decode_target.h"
+#include "starboard/egl.h"
+#include "starboard/gles.h"
#include "starboard/thread.h"
#include "starboard/window.h"
-// SB_HAS() is available after starboard/configuration.h is included.
-#if SB_HAS(GLES2)
-#include <EGL/egl.h>
-#include <GLES2/gl2.h>
-#endif // SB_HAS(GLES2)
-
namespace starboard {
namespace testing {
@@ -89,9 +85,9 @@
SbDecodeTargetGlesContextRunnerTarget target_function,
void* target_function_context);
- EGLDisplay display_;
- EGLSurface surface_;
- EGLContext context_;
+ SbEglDisplay display_;
+ SbEglSurface surface_;
+ SbEglContext context_;
Queue<std::function<void()>> functor_queue_;
SbThread decode_target_context_thread_;
#endif // SB_HAS(GLES2)
diff --git a/src/third_party/boringssl/boringssl.gyp b/src/third_party/boringssl/boringssl.gyp
index abc2afe..4cae52c 100644
--- a/src/third_party/boringssl/boringssl.gyp
+++ b/src/third_party/boringssl/boringssl.gyp
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@
'PURIFY',
'TERMIO',
'_REENTRANT',
- # We do not use TLS over UDP on Chromium so far.
- 'OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1',
],
'cflags': [
'-fPIC',
@@ -56,158 +54,34 @@
'<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rand_extra/windows.c',
],
}],
- ['OS=="lb_shell"', {
- 'variables': {
- 'openssl_config_path': 'config/lbshell',
- },
- }],
- ['OS=="lb_shell" or OS=="starboard"', {
+ ['OS=="starboard"', {
'defines': [
- 'GETPID_IS_MEANINGLESS',
'NO_SYS_PARAM_H',
'NO_SYS_UN_H',
'NO_SYSLOG',
- 'NO_WINDOWS_BRAINDEATH',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_BF',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_BUF_FREELISTS',
'OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA',
'OPENSSL_NO_CAPIENG',
'OPENSSL_NO_CAST',
'OPENSSL_NO_CMS',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_COMP',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_DGRAM', # Added by cobalt to remove unused UDP code.
'OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_EC2M',
'OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE',
'OPENSSL_NO_GMP',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_GOST',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_HEARTBEATS', # Workaround for CVE-2014-0160.
- 'OPENSSL_NO_HW',
'OPENSSL_NO_IDEA',
'OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE',
'OPENSSL_NO_KRB5',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_MD2',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_MD4',
'OPENSSL_NO_MDC2',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_OCB',
'OPENSSL_NO_OCSP',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_RC2',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_RC4',
'OPENSSL_NO_RC5',
'OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_RIPEMD',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_RMD160',
'OPENSSL_NO_SCTP',
'OPENSSL_NO_SEED',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_SRP',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_SSL2',
- 'OPENSSL_NO_SSL3', # Address CVE-2014-3566
- 'OPENSSL_NO_STATIC_ENGINE',
'OPENSSL_NO_STORE',
'OPENSSL_NO_SOCK', # Added by Cobalt to remove unused socket code.
'OPENSSL_NO_THREADS', # Added by Cobalt to reduce overall threads count.
- 'OPENSSL_NO_UI', # Added by Cobalt to remove unused "UI" code.
- 'OPENSSL_NO_UNIT_TEST',
'OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL',
- 'OPENSSL_USE_IPV6=0',
- 'B_ENDIAN',
'OPENSSL_NO_POSIX_IO',
],
- 'sources!': [
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bf/bf_cfb64.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bf/bf_ecb.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bf/bf_enc.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bf/bf_ofb64.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bf/bf_skey.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_all.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_cnf.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_ctrl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_dyn.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_err.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_fat.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_init.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_list.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_pkey.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/eng_table.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_asnmth.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_cipher.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_dh.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_digest.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_dsa.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_ecdh.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_ecdsa.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_pkmeth.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_rand.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_rsa.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/engine/tb_store.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc2/rc2_cbc.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc2/rc2_ecb.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc2/rc2_skey.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc2/rc2cfb64.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc2/rc2ofb64.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc4/rc4_enc.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc4/rc4_skey.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rc4/rc4_utl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ripemd/rmd_dgst.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ripemd/rmd_one.c',
- # Removed during Starboard port, found or made to be unneeded at
- # link time.
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/b_sock.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_acpt.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_conn.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_dgram.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_fd.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_log.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/bio/bss_sock.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/comp/c_rle.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/comp/c_zlib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/comp/comp_err.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/comp/comp_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/des/read2pwd.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_dl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_dlfcn.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_err.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_null.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/dso/dso_openssl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ebcdic.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_bf.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_old.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_rc2.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_rc4.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_rc4_hmac_md5.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_rc5.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/e_rc5.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/m_md4.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/m_mdc2.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/m_ripemd.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/evp/m_wp.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/krb5/krb5_asn.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/md4/md4_dgst.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/md4/md4_one.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/o_str.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/pqueue/pqueue.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rand/rand_egd.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/rand/randfile.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/srp/srp_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/srp/srp_vfy.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ui/ui_compat.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ui/ui_err.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ui/ui_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ui/ui_openssl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/crypto/ui/ui_util.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_both.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_clnt.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_enc.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_lib.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_meth.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_pkt.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/kssl.c',
- '<(boringssl_root)/ssl/d1_srvr.c',
- ],
- }], # OS == "lb_shell" or OS == "starboard"
+ }], # OS == "starboard"
],
'include_dirs': [
'.',
diff --git a/src/third_party/boringssl/src/config/lbshell/openssl/opensslconf.h b/src/third_party/boringssl/src/config/lbshell/openssl/opensslconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 23dda27..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/boringssl/src/config/lbshell/openssl/opensslconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-/* opensslconf.h */
-/* WARNING: Edited by hand, based on piii config. Meant for all lbshell platforms. ifdef any platform-specific options. */
-#define OPENSSL_SYS_SHELL
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_POSIX_IO
-# define OPENSSL_NO_POSIX_IO
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
-# define OPENSSL_NO_FP_API
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DSO
-# define OPENSSL_NO_DSO
-#endif
-
-/* OpenSSL was configured with the following options: */
-#ifndef OPENSSL_DOING_MAKEDEPEND
-
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA
-# define OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAST
-# define OPENSSL_NO_CAST
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CAPIENG
-# define OPENSSL_NO_CAPIENG
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CMS
-# define OPENSSL_NO_CMS
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
-# define OPENSSL_NO_EC_NISTP_64_GCC_128
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_FIPS
-# define OPENSSL_NO_FIPS
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_GMP
-# define OPENSSL_NO_GMP
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_IDEA
-# define OPENSSL_NO_IDEA
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE
-# define OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
-# define OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_MDC2
-# define OPENSSL_NO_MDC2
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RC5
-# define OPENSSL_NO_RC5
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
-# define OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
-# define OPENSSL_NO_SCTP
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SEED
-# define OPENSSL_NO_SEED
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SHA0
-# define OPENSSL_NO_SHA0
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL
-# define OPENSSL_NO_WHIRLPOOL
-#endif
-
-#endif /* OPENSSL_DOING_MAKEDEPEND */
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_THREADS
-# define OPENSSL_THREADS
-#endif
-#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE
-# define OPENSSL_NO_DYNAMIC_ENGINE
-#endif
-
-/* The OPENSSL_NO_* macros are also defined as NO_* if the application
- asks for it. This is a transient feature that is provided for those
- who haven't had the time to do the appropriate changes in their
- applications. */
-#ifdef OPENSSL_ALGORITHM_DEFINES
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_CAMELLIA) && !defined(NO_CAMELLIA)
-# define NO_CAMELLIA
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_CAPIENG) && !defined(NO_CAPIENG)
-# define NO_CAPIENG
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_CMS) && !defined(NO_CMS)
-# define NO_CMS
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_FIPS) && !defined(NO_FIPS)
-# define NO_FIPS
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_GMP) && !defined(NO_GMP)
-# define NO_GMP
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_IDEA) && !defined(NO_IDEA)
-# define NO_IDEA
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_JPAKE) && !defined(NO_JPAKE)
-# define NO_JPAKE
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_KRB5) && !defined(NO_KRB5)
-# define NO_KRB5
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_MDC2) && !defined(NO_MDC2)
-# define NO_MDC2
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_RC5) && !defined(NO_RC5)
-# define NO_RC5
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_RFC3779) && !defined(NO_RFC3779)
-# define NO_RFC3779
-# endif
-# if defined(OPENSSL_NO_SEED) && !defined(NO_SEED)
-# define NO_SEED
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* crypto/opensslconf.h.in */
-
-#ifdef OPENSSL_DOING_MAKEDEPEND
-
-/* Include any symbols here that have to be explicitly set to enable a feature
- * that should be visible to makedepend.
- *
- * [Our "make depend" doesn't actually look at this, we use actual build settings
- * instead; we want to make it easy to remove subdirectories with disabled algorithms.]
- */
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_FIPS
-#define OPENSSL_FIPS
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/* Generate 80386 code? */
-#undef I386_ONLY
-
-#if !(defined(VMS) || defined(__VMS)) /* VMS uses logical names instead */
-#if defined(HEADER_CRYPTLIB_H) && !defined(OPENSSLDIR)
-#define ENGINESDIR "/usr/local/ssl/lib/engines"
-#define OPENSSLDIR "/usr/local/ssl"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#undef OPENSSL_UNISTD
-#define OPENSSL_UNISTD <unistd.h>
-#if !defined(SWIG)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef OPENSSL_EXPORT_VAR_AS_FUNCTION
-
-#if defined(HEADER_IDEA_H) && !defined(IDEA_INT)
-#define IDEA_INT unsigned int
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_MD2_H) && !defined(MD2_INT)
-#define MD2_INT unsigned int
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_RC2_H) && !defined(RC2_INT)
-/* I need to put in a mod for the alpha - eay */
-#define RC2_INT unsigned int
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_RC4_H)
-#if !defined(RC4_INT)
-/* using int types make the structure larger but make the code faster
- * on most boxes I have tested - up to %20 faster. */
-/*
- * I don't know what does "most" mean, but declaring "int" is a must on:
- * - Intel P6 because partial register stalls are very expensive;
- * - elder Alpha because it lacks byte load/store instructions;
- */
-#define RC4_INT unsigned int
-#endif
-#if !defined(RC4_CHUNK)
-/*
- * This enables code handling data aligned at natural CPU word
- * boundary. See crypto/rc4/rc4_enc.c for further details.
- */
-#define RC4_CHUNK unsigned long
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(HEADER_NEW_DES_H) || defined(HEADER_DES_H)) && !defined(DES_LONG)
-/* If this is set to 'unsigned int' on a DEC Alpha, this gives about a
- * %20 speed up (longs are 8 bytes, int's are 4). */
-#ifndef DES_LONG
-#define DES_LONG unsigned int
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_BN_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_BN_H)
-#define CONFIG_HEADER_BN_H
-#define BN_LLONG
-
-/* Should we define BN_DIV2W here? */
-
-/* Only one for the following should be defined */
-/* The prime number generation stuff may not work when
- * EIGHT_BIT but I don't care since I've only used this mode
- * for debuging the bignum libraries */
-#undef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG
-#undef SIXTY_FOUR_BIT
-#undef THIRTY_TWO_BIT
-#undef SIXTEEN_BIT
-#undef EIGHT_BIT
-
-#if defined(__x86_64__)
-#undef BN_LLONG
-#define SIXTY_FOUR_BIT_LONG
-#else
-#define THIRTY_TWO_BIT
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H)
-#define CONFIG_HEADER_RC4_LOCL_H
-/* if this is defined data[i] is used instead of *data, this is a %20
- * speedup on x86 */
-#define RC4_INDEX
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HEADER_BF_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_BF_LOCL_H)
-#define CONFIG_HEADER_BF_LOCL_H
-#undef BF_PTR
-#endif /* HEADER_BF_LOCL_H */
-
-#if defined(HEADER_DES_LOCL_H) && !defined(CONFIG_HEADER_DES_LOCL_H)
-#define CONFIG_HEADER_DES_LOCL_H
-#ifndef DES_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
-/* the following is tweaked from a config script, that is why it is a
- * protected undef/define */
-#ifndef DES_PTR
-#define DES_PTR
-#endif
-
-/* This helps C compiler generate the correct code for multiple functional
- * units. It reduces register dependancies at the expense of 2 more
- * registers */
-#ifndef DES_RISC1
-#define DES_RISC1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DES_RISC2
-#undef DES_RISC2
-#endif
-
-#if defined(DES_RISC1) && defined(DES_RISC2)
-YOU SHOULD NOT HAVE BOTH DES_RISC1 AND DES_RISC2 DEFINED!!!!!
-#endif
-
-/* Unroll the inner loop, this sometimes helps, sometimes hinders.
- * Very mucy CPU dependant */
-#ifndef DES_UNROLL
-#define DES_UNROLL
-#endif
-
-/* These default values were supplied by
- * Peter Gutman <pgut001@cs.auckland.ac.nz>
- * They are only used if nothing else has been defined */
-#if !defined(DES_PTR) && !defined(DES_RISC1) && !defined(DES_RISC2) && !defined(DES_UNROLL)
-/* Special defines which change the way the code is built depending on the
- CPU and OS. For SGI machines you can use _MIPS_SZLONG (32 or 64) to find
- even newer MIPS CPU's, but at the moment one size fits all for
- optimization options. Older Sparc's work better with only UNROLL, but
- there's no way to tell at compile time what it is you're running on */
-
-#if defined( sun ) /* Newer Sparc's */
-# define DES_PTR
-# define DES_RISC1
-# define DES_UNROLL
-#elif defined( __ultrix ) /* Older MIPS */
-# define DES_PTR
-# define DES_RISC2
-# define DES_UNROLL
-#elif defined( __osf1__ ) /* Alpha */
-# define DES_PTR
-# define DES_RISC2
-#elif defined ( _AIX ) /* RS6000 */
- /* Unknown */
-#elif defined( __hpux ) /* HP-PA */
- /* Unknown */
-#elif defined( __aux ) /* 68K */
- /* Unknown */
-#elif defined( __dgux ) /* 88K (but P6 in latest boxes) */
-# define DES_UNROLL
-#elif defined( __sgi ) /* Newer MIPS */
-# define DES_PTR
-# define DES_RISC2
-# define DES_UNROLL
-#elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) /* x86 boxes, should be gcc */
-# define DES_PTR
-# define DES_RISC1
-# define DES_UNROLL
-#endif /* Systems-specific speed defines */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* DES_DEFAULT_OPTIONS */
-#endif /* HEADER_DES_LOCL_H */
-
-
-#ifndef OPENSSL_OPENSSL_CONFIG_LBSHELL_OPENSSL_OPENSSLCONF_H
-#define OPENSSL_OPENSSL_CONFIG_LBSHELL_OPENSSL_OPENSSLCONF_H
-
-// Types that need to be ported.
-#define OPENSSL_port_tm struct tm
-#define OPENSSL_port_time_t time_t
-#define OPENSSL_port_timeval struct timeval
-
-// Definitions for system calls that may need to be overridden.
-#define OPENSSL_port_abort abort
-#define OPENSSL_port_assert assert
-#define OPENSSL_port_atoi atoi
-#define OPENSSL_port_free free
-// getenv is not supported by Cobalt.
-#define OPENSSL_port_getenv(x) NULL
-#define OPENSSL_port_isalnum isalnum
-#define OPENSSL_port_isdigit isdigit
-#define OPENSSL_port_isspace isspace
-#define OPENSSL_port_isupper isupper
-#define OPENSSL_port_isxdigit isxdigit
-#define OPENSSL_port_malloc malloc
-#define OPENSSL_port_memchr memchr
-#define OPENSSL_port_memcmp memcmp
-#define OPENSSL_port_memcpy memcpy
-#define OPENSSL_port_memmove memmove
-#define OPENSSL_port_memset memset
-#define OPENSSL_port_printf printf
-#define OPENSSL_port_printferr printf
-#define OPENSSL_port_qsort qsort
-#define OPENSSL_port_realloc realloc
-#define OPENSSL_port_sscanf sscanf
-#define OPENSSL_port_strcasecmp strcasecmp
-#define OPENSSL_port_strcat strcat
-#define OPENSSL_port_strchr strchr
-#define OPENSSL_port_strcmp strcmp
-#define OPENSSL_port_strcpy strcpy
-#define OPENSSL_port_strdup strdup
-#define OPENSSL_port_strerror strerror
-#define OPENSSL_port_strlen strlen
-#define OPENSSL_port_strncasecmp strncasecmp
-#define OPENSSL_port_strncmp strncmp
-#define OPENSSL_port_strncpy strncpy
-#define OPENSSL_port_strrchr strrchr
-#define OPENSSL_port_strtoul strtoul
-#define OPENSSL_port_time time
-#define OPENSSL_port_tolower tolower
-#define OPENSSL_port_toupper toupper
-
-// OPENSSL wrapper functions that aren't defined globally.
-#define OPENSSL_strcmp OPENSSL_port_strcmp
-
-// Variables that need to be ported.
-#define OPENSSL_port_errno errno
-
-#endif // OPENSSL_OPENSSL_CONFIG_LBSHELL_OPENSSL_OPENSSLCONF_H
diff --git a/src/third_party/brotli/brotli.gyp b/src/third_party/brotli/brotli.gyp
index 63f9ba9..831b5ff 100644
--- a/src/third_party/brotli/brotli.gyp
+++ b/src/third_party/brotli/brotli.gyp
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
# found in the LICENSE file.
{
+ 'variables': {
+ 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
+ },
'targets': [
{
'target_name': 'headers',
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00b4fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff8cc4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * AC-3 parser prototypes
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
+ */
+int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
+ uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f85becd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
+
+/**
+ * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
+ * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
+ * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
+ * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
+ * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
+ uint8_t *frames);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avcodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bee2234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6168 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec external API header
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/cpu.h"
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec
+ * Encoding/Decoding Library
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which
+ * decouples input and output.
+ *
+ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as
+ * follows:
+ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual.
+ * - Send valid input:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw
+ * compressed data in an AVPacket.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame
+ * containing uncompressed audio or video.
+ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are
+ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat
+ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates
+ * refcounted AVFrames.)
+ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*()
+ * functions and process their output:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame.
+ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to
+ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each
+ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet,
+ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple
+ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers
+ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps
+ * outlined above.
+ *
+ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if
+ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode
+ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could
+ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that
+ * returns EAGAIN.
+ *
+ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec,
+ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for
+ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames).
+ * This is handled as follows:
+ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding)
+ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining
+ * mode.
+ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will
+ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode.
+ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with
+ * avcodec_flush_buffers().
+ *
+ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also
+ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can
+ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling
+ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed
+ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of
+ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to
+ * read at least some output.
+ *
+ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only
+ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on
+ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or
+ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will
+ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output.
+ *
+ * This API replaces the following legacy functions:
+ * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4():
+ * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use
+ * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet.
+ * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from
+ * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially
+ * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to
+ * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then
+ * no data was read from the packet).
+ * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once.
+ * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2():
+ * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets.
+ * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not
+ * possible.
+ * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet.
+ *
+ * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed,
+ * and will result in undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return
+ * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API.
+ *
+ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This
+ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless
+ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to
+ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second
+ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved).
+ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed
+ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed
+ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive
+ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be
+ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between
+ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that
+ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now
+ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an
+ * avcodec_send_packet() call.
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
+ * allocating core structures, etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
+ *
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID {
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
+
+ /* video codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
+
+ /* various PCM "codecs" */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
+
+ /* various ADPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
+
+ /* AMR */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+ /* RealAudio codecs*/
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+ /* various DPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
+
+ /* audio codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
+
+ /* subtitle codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
+
+ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
+
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
+};
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
+ * AVCodecID.
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
+ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
+ * characters and '_' only.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ /**
+ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
+ */
+ int props;
+ /**
+ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
+ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
+ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
+ */
+ const char *const *mime_types;
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
+ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
+ */
+ const struct AVProfile *profiles;
+} AVCodecDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Codec uses only intra compression.
+ * Video and audio codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
+ * compression modes
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
+ * equal.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is text based.
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ * minimum encoding buffer size
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ */
+enum AVDiscard{
+ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
+ AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing
+ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
+ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
+};
+
+enum AVAudioServiceType {
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ */
+typedef struct RcOverride{
+ int start_frame;
+ int end_frame;
+ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead.
+ float quality_factor;
+} RcOverride;
+
+/* encoding support
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+ Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Use fixed qscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Use qpel MC.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * loop filter.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11)
+/**
+ * Only decode/encode grayscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Use interlaced DCT.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * Force low delay.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23)
+/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */
+/**
+ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24)
+/**
+ * interlaced motion estimation
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29)
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31)
+
+/**
+ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Skip bitstream encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!!
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13)
+
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Discard cropping information from SPS.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Show all frames before the first keyframe
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28)
+/**
+ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29)
+/**
+ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding)
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30)
+
+/* Unsupported options :
+ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
+ * Reference Picture Selection
+ * Independent Segment Decoding */
+/* /Fx */
+/* codec capabilities */
+
+/**
+ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators.
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that
+ * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
+ * give the complete and correct output.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
+ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
+ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
+ * unless this flag is set.
+ *
+ * Decoders:
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
+ * returns frames.
+ *
+ * Encoders:
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
+ * encoder no longer returns data.
+ *
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
+ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
+ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
+ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
+
+/**
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+ * as a last resort.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * encoders
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
+/**
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
+/**
+ * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
+ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
+ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
+ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
+ * the stream.
+ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
+ * choice for probing.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * Codec is intra only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000
+/**
+ * Codec is lossless.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000
+
+/**
+ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
+ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
+ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
+ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
+ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
+
+/**
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPanScan {
+ /**
+ * id
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int id;
+
+ /**
+ * width and height in 1/16 pel
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int16_t position[3][2];
+} AVPanScan;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
+ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
+ * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
+ /**
+ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int max_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int min_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int avg_bitrate;
+
+ /**
+ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
+ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
+ * clock.
+ *
+ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ uint64_t vbv_delay;
+} AVCPBProperties;
+
+/**
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
+ *
+ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
+ * @{
+ */
+enum AVPacketSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
+ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
+ * present.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
+
+ /**
+ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
+ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
+ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
+ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
+ * frame or packet.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le param_flags
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+ * s32le channel_count
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
+ * u64le channel_layout
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
+ * s32le sample_rate
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
+ * s32le width
+ * s32le height
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
+ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
+ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
+ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
+ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
+ * than the target payload size.
+ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
+ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
+ * u8 GOB number
+ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
+ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
+ * correct presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
+ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
+ * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
+ * @code
+ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
+ * u8 picture type
+ * u8 error count
+ * u16 reserved
+ * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
+ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
+ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
+ * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
+
+ /**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
+ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
+ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
+ * @code
+ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitle event position
+ * @code
+ * u32le x1
+ * u32le y1
+ * u32le x2
+ * u32le y2
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
+
+ /**
+ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
+ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
+ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
+ * by data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
+ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
+ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
+
+ /**
+ * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
+ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
+
+ /**
+ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
+ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
+ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
+ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
+ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
+ * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+ /**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
+ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data is encryption initialization data.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
+ * access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
+
+ /**
+ * The number of side data types.
+ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
+ * change when new side data types are added.
+ * This must stay the last enum value.
+ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
+ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NB
+};
+
+#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
+
+typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
+} AVPacketSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
+ * then passed to muxers.
+ *
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
+ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
+ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
+ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
+ *
+ * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public
+ * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it
+ * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump.
+ *
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
+ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
+ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
+ * reference count to 0.
+ *
+ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
+ * of increasing the reference count.
+ *
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
+ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ */
+typedef struct AVPacket {
+ /**
+ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
+ * stored.
+ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf;
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+ /**
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the packet is decompressed.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ */
+ int64_t dts;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ int stream_index;
+ /**
+ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
+ */
+ int flags;
+ /**
+ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
+ * Packet can contain several types of side information.
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ int side_data_elems;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+ /**
+ * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required
+ * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the
+ * duration field was still an int.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t convergence_duration;
+#endif
+} AVPacket;
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
+/**
+ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
+ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
+ * after decoding.
+ **/
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
+/**
+ * The packet comes from a trusted source.
+ *
+ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
+ * outside the packet may be followed.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
+/**
+ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
+ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
+
+
+enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
+};
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+struct AVCodecInternal;
+
+enum AVFieldOrder {
+ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
+ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
+ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
+};
+
+/**
+ * main external API structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
+ * applications.
+ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line
+ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecContext {
+ /**
+ * information on struct for av_log
+ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ int log_level_offset;
+
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */
+ const struct AVCodec *codec;
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */
+
+ /**
+ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+ * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
+ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+ * first.
+ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+ */
+ unsigned int codec_tag;
+
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Private context used for internal data.
+ *
+ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
+ * libavcodec functions.
+ */
+ struct AVCodecInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * the average bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec
+ * if this info is available in the stream
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bit_rate_tolerance;
+
+ /**
+ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int global_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int compression_level;
+#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_*
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags2;
+
+ /**
+ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+ * MJPEG: Huffman tables
+ * rv10: additional flags
+ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+ * identically 1.
+ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
+ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not
+ * constant.
+ *
+ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base
+ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified.
+ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E)
+ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate
+ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate)
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated.
+ * Use framerate instead.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+ * if no telecine is used ...
+ *
+ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+ */
+ int ticks_per_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec delay.
+ *
+ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
+ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
+ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
+ * as specified in the spec would produce.
+ *
+ * Video:
+ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
+ * encoded input.
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
+ *
+ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
+ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
+ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int delay;
+
+
+ /* video only */
+ /**
+ * picture width / height.
+ *
+ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
+ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
+ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
+ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
+ *
+ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
+ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int coded_width, coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int gop_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
+ *
+ * @note This field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while
+ * parsing the data.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+ * beforehand.
+ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads
+ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame,
+ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn
+ * in order.
+ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+ * the data needed for hardware render.
+ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+ * or mark state.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @param height the height of the slice
+ * @param y the y position of the slice
+ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+ */
+ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s,
+ const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS],
+ int y, int type, int height);
+
+ /**
+ * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat
+ * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec,
+ * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality.
+ * The first is always the native one.
+ * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for
+ * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed.
+ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not
+ * in the fmt list of formats.
+ * @return the chosen format
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+ /**
+ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_b_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_factor;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int b_frame_strategy;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int has_b_frames;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int mpeg_quant;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float lumi_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float temporal_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float spatial_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float p_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float dark_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * slice count
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+ */
+ int slice_count;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int prediction_method;
+#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0
+#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1
+#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+ */
+ int *slice_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_cmp;
+ /**
+ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_sub_cmp;
+ /**
+ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_cmp;
+ /**
+ * interlaced DCT comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int ildct_cmp;
+#define FF_CMP_SAD 0
+#define FF_CMP_SSE 1
+#define FF_CMP_SATD 2
+#define FF_CMP_DCT 3
+#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4
+#define FF_CMP_BIT 5
+#define FF_CMP_RD 6
+#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7
+#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8
+#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9
+#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10
+#define FF_CMP_W53 11
+#define FF_CMP_W97 12
+#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13
+#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14
+#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15
+#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256
+
+ /**
+ * ME diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int last_predictor_count;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int pre_me;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_pre_cmp;
+
+ /**
+ * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int pre_dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * subpel ME quality
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_subpel_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+ * If 0 then no limit.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_range;
+
+ /**
+ * slice flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int slice_flags;
+#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics)
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+ /**
+ * macroblock decision mode
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_decision;
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * custom inter quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *inter_matrix;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int scenechange_threshold;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int noise_reduction;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int intra_dc_precision;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_top;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_bottom;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmax;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int me_penalty_compensation;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bidir_refine;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int brd_scale;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * minimum GOP size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int keyint_min;
+
+ /**
+ * number of reference frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+ */
+ int refs;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int chromaoffset;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mv0_threshold;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int b_sensitivity;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+ /**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+ /**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ /**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+ /**
+ * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of slices.
+ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
+ * decoding.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int slices;
+
+ /** Field order
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /* audio only */
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+ int channels; ///< number of audio channels
+
+ /**
+ * audio sample format
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format
+
+ /* The following data should not be initialized. */
+ /**
+ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
+ *
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
+ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
+ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
+ * frame size is not restricted.
+ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+ *
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+ * an error.
+ */
+ int frame_number;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int cutoff;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint64_t request_channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type;
+
+ /**
+ * desired sample format
+ * - encoding: Not used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
+ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
+ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
+ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
+ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
+ * of buf[] below).
+ *
+ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - format
+ * - width, height (video only)
+ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
+ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
+ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
+ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
+ * - data[]
+ * - linesize[]
+ * - extended_data:
+ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
+ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
+ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
+ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data
+ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
+ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
+ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
+ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
+ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
+ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ *
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
+ * CPU.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
+ *
+ * Video:
+ *
+ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+ *
+ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
+ *
+ * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set,
+ * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more
+ * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ *
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+ *
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+ * since all planes must be the same size.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from
+ * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted
+ * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with
+ * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore.
+ * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are
+ * only valid until the next decode call.
+ *
+ * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int refcounted_frames;
+
+ /* - encoding parameters */
+ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+ /**
+ * minimum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmax;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_qdiff;
+
+ /**
+ * decoder bitstream buffer size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_override_count;
+ RcOverride *rc_override;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int64_t rc_max_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t rc_min_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_max_available_vbv_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy;
+
+#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3
+ /**
+ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int coder_type;
+#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int context_model;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_skip_threshold;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_skip_factor;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_skip_exp;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_skip_cmp;
+#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */
+
+ /**
+ * trellis RD quantization
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int trellis;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int min_prediction_order;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int max_prediction_order;
+
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t timecode_frame_start;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ /* The RTP callback: This function is called */
+ /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */
+ /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */
+ /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */
+ /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */
+ /* encoded in the RTP payload. */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */
+ /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */
+ /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */
+ /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */
+ /* This doesn't take account of any particular */
+ /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_STAT_BITS
+ /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int mv_bits;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int header_bits;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int i_tex_bits;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int p_tex_bits;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int i_count;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int p_count;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int skip_count;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int misc_bits;
+
+ /** @deprecated this field is unused */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int frame_bits;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_out;
+
+ /**
+ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int workaround_bugs;
+#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection
+#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4
+#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8
+#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16
+#define FF_BUG_AMV 32
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64
+#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256
+#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024
+#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048
+#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096
+#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders.
+#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384
+#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768
+
+ /**
+ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+ * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
+
+ /**
+ * error concealment flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int error_concealment;
+#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1
+#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2
+#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256
+
+ /**
+ * debug
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1
+#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2
+#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4
+#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8
+#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+/**
+ * @deprecated this option does nothing
+ */
+#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32
+#endif
+#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040
+#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080
+#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100
+#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400
+#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000
+#endif
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000
+#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000
+#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000
+#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000
+
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+ /**
+ * debug
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int debug_mv;
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int err_recognition;
+
+/**
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
+ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch.
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
+ * decoder returning an error.
+ */
+#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
+#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
+#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
+#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
+
+#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
+#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
+#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
+#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error
+
+
+ /**
+ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerator in use
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerator context.
+ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
+ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
+ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
+ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this
+ * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ void *hwaccel_context;
+
+ /**
+ * error
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1
+#define FF_DCT_INT 2
+#define FF_DCT_MMX 3
+#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5
+#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_IDCT_INT 1
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3
+#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7
+#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10
+#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17
+#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22
+#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128
+
+ /**
+ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+#if FF_API_LOWRES
+ /**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int lowres;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME
+ /**
+ * the picture in the bitstream
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * thread count
+ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int thread_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods to use.
+ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
+ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once
+#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int active_thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called
+ * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding.
+ * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting.
+ * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int thread_safe_callbacks;
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size);
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option.
+ * @param c context passed also to func
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count);
+
+ /**
+ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int nsse_weight;
+
+ /**
+ * profile
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int profile;
+#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
+#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1
+
+ /**
+ * level
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int level;
+#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
+
+ /**
+ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_idct;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip decoding for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
+ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
+ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
+ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
+ */
+ uint8_t *subtitle_header;
+ int subtitle_header_size;
+
+#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY
+ /**
+ * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock).
+ * Used for compliant TS muxing.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of
+ * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t vbv_delay;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
+ /**
+ * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets
+ * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data.
+ *
+ * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream
+ * parameters at the end of encoding.
+ *
+ * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and
+ * it is kept only for compatibility.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int side_data_only_packets;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
+ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
+ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
+ * without leading padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
+ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
+ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
+ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is
+ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
+ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
+ * -initial_padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
+ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
+ * unknown.
+ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an
+ * encoder.
+ */
+ AVRational framerate;
+
+ /**
+ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format()
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
+ * - encoding unused.
+ * - decoding set by user.
+ */
+ AVRational pkt_timebase;
+
+ /**
+ * AVCodecDescriptor
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor;
+
+#if !FF_API_LOWRES
+ /**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int lowres;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Current statistics for PTS correction.
+ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame
+
+ /**
+ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ char *sub_charenc;
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
+ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int sub_charenc_mode;
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8
+
+ /**
+ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
+ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
+ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
+ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
+ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
+ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
+ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int skip_alpha;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+
+#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+ /**
+ * debug motion vectors
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int debug_mv;
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ unsigned properties;
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002
+
+ /**
+ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
+ int nb_coded_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding)
+ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and
+ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by
+ * the caller after being set.
+ *
+ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format()
+ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be
+ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call.
+ *
+ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for
+ * allocating the frame buffers.
+ *
+ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference
+ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
+ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to
+ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int sub_text_format;
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0
+#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t max_pixels;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will
+ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the
+ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require
+ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by
+ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as
+ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used
+ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this
+ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but
+ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call.
+ *
+ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before
+ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter.
+ *
+ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in
+ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames
+ * contexts used must be created on the same device.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated
+ * decoding (if active).
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the
+ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback)
+ */
+ int hwaccel_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that
+ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This
+ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally.
+ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the
+ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or
+ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that
+ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The
+ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero.
+ *
+ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set
+ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping
+ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller.
+ *
+ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used,
+ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border.
+ *
+ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the
+ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec
+ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in
+ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions
+ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields).
+ */
+ int apply_cropping;
+
+ /*
+ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which
+ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set
+ * before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ *
+ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for
+ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such
+ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size.
+ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder
+ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames
+ * used as reference pictures).
+ */
+ int extra_hw_frames;
+} AVCodecContext;
+
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+#if FF_API_LOWRES
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
+#endif
+
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * AVProfile.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProfile {
+ int profile;
+ const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
+} AVProfile;
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
+ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
+ * avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format for a decoder,
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
+ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
+ * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
+ *
+ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
+ * no device or frames context is required.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
+ *
+ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
+ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
+ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
+ * used in preference.)
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
+ /**
+ * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
+ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
+ */
+ int methods;
+ /**
+ * The device type associated with the configuration.
+ *
+ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
+ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
+ */
+ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
+} AVCodecHWConfig;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault;
+
+struct AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * AVCodec.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodec {
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec implementation.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ /**
+ * Codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+ const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+ const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
+
+ /**
+ * Group name of the codec implementation.
+ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
+ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
+ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
+ * the hardware.
+ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
+ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
+ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
+ */
+ const char *wrapper_name;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+ struct AVCodec *next;
+ /**
+ * @name Frame-level threading support functions
+ * @{
+ */
+ /**
+ * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created.
+ * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here.
+ * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original.
+ */
+ int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *);
+ /**
+ * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one.
+ * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec
+ * must call ff_thread_finish_setup().
+ *
+ * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped.
+ */
+ int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src);
+ /** @} */
+
+ /**
+ * Private codec-specific defaults.
+ */
+ const AVCodecDefault *defaults;
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register().
+ *
+ * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is
+ * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used.
+ */
+ void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec);
+
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *);
+ int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ const struct AVSubtitle *sub);
+ /**
+ * Encode data to an AVPacket.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer)
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
+ * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ */
+ int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame,
+ int *got_packet_ptr);
+ int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt);
+ int (*close)(AVCodecContext *);
+ /**
+ * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the
+ * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except
+ * that:
+ * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type,
+ * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent,
+ * - only one drain frame is ever passed down,
+ */
+ int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+ int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+ /**
+ * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called
+ * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain
+ * input data.
+ */
+ int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+ /**
+ * Flush buffers.
+ * Will be called when seeking
+ */
+ void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *);
+ /**
+ * Internal codec capabilities.
+ * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h
+ */
+ int caps_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to
+ * packets before decoding.
+ */
+ const char *bsfs;
+
+ /**
+ * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec,
+ * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config().
+ */
+ const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs;
+} AVCodec;
+
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec);
+#endif
+
+struct MpegEncContext;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
+ *
+ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
+ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
+ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
+ */
+const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
+ *
+ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some
+ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWAccel {
+ /**
+ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+
+ /**
+ * Supported pixel format.
+ *
+ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Allocate a custom buffer
+ */
+ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc).
+ *
+ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the
+ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param type the nal unit type
+ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for each slice.
+ *
+ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
+ *
+ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+ */
+ int frame_priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Called for every Macroblock in a slice.
+ *
+ * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb().
+ * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are
+ * stored in an array provided by the video driver.
+ *
+ * @param s the mpeg context
+ */
+ void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
+ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
+ * is allocated.
+ */
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
+ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
+ */
+ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the private data to allocate in
+ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal hwaccel capabilities.
+ */
+ int caps_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called
+ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for
+ * details.
+ *
+ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume
+ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid.
+ */
+ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx);
+} AVHWAccel;
+
+/**
+ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * codecs
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
+ * hardware driver.
+ *
+ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific
+ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma
+ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the
+ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware.
+ *
+ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264
+ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked
+ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile.
+ *
+ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is
+ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output
+ * while indicating success.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture
+ *
+ * Functions for working with AVPicture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Picture data structure.
+ *
+ * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is
+ * alpha.
+ * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead
+ */
+typedef struct AVPicture {
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line
+} AVPicture;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+enum AVSubtitleType {
+ SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+ /**
+ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+ /**
+ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_ASS,
+};
+
+#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitleRect {
+ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ AVPicture pict;
+#endif
+ /**
+ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[4];
+ int linesize[4];
+
+ enum AVSubtitleType type;
+
+ char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+ /**
+ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+ * struct.
+ */
+ char *ass;
+
+ int flags;
+} AVSubtitleRect;
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitle {
+ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */
+ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ unsigned num_rects;
+ AVSubtitleRect **rects;
+ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+} AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
+ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
+ /**
+ * General type of the encoded data.
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type;
+ /**
+ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id;
+ /**
+ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
+ */
+ uint32_t codec_tag;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
+ *
+ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
+ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
+ * bytes zeroed.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ /**
+ * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
+ */
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
+ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
+ *
+ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
+ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
+ * the actual coded bitstream.
+ *
+ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
+ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
+ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
+ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
+ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
+ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
+ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
+ *
+ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
+ */
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
+ * should have when displayed.
+ *
+ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
+ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace color_space;
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
+ */
+ int video_delay;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
+ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
+ * the channels field.
+ */
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio channels.
+ */
+ int channels;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
+ * formats.
+ *
+ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
+ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
+ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
+ * padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+} AVCodecParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codecs.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec,
+ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c,
+ * or NULL if c is the last one.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avcodec_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_license(void);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called
+ * before any other libavcodec functions.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register_all()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at
+ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly
+ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register
+ * @see av_register_codec_parser
+ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_register_all(void);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
+ *
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
+ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
+ * with a different codec.
+ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized,
+ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is
+ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264).
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
+ * the provided pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
+/**
+ * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec
+ * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be
+ * allocated for each new use.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void);
+
+#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination
+ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be
+ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you
+ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data.
+ *
+ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with
+ * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized
+ * @param src source codec context
+ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success
+ *
+ * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not
+ * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context
+ * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the
+ * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context()
+ * functions.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
+ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
+ * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
+ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates
+ * of the corresponding fields in codec.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par,
+ const AVCodecContext *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in
+ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par.
+ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec,
+ const AVCodecParameters *par);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @warning This function is not thread safe!
+ *
+ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as
+ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()).
+ *
+ * @code
+ * avcodec_register_all();
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ * exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
+ * exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
+ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
+ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or
+ * equal to the previously passed codec.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
+ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
+ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
+ */
+int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
+ *
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL
+ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing.
+ *
+ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a
+ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context
+ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts
+ * instead.
+ */
+int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ */
+void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_packet
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
+ *
+ * @see av_new_packet
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
+ */
+void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
+ * initialized separately.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ */
+void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
+ */
+int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
+ * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched.
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
+ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
+ * The caller may not access the data through other means.
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
+
+#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
+/**
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+/**
+ * Copy packet, including contents
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy packet side data
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free a packet.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to free
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+/**
+ * Allocate new information of a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ int size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * pkt.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
+ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
+ * owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size new side information size
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get side information from packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ int *size);
+
+#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+
+const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
+ *
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size);
+/**
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
+ *
+ * @param data data from side_data
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict);
+
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
+ * All the other fields stay untouched.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
+ *
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
+ * data from src into it.
+ *
+ * All the other fields are copied from src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Wipe the packet.
+ *
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
+ */
+void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ */
+void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
+ *
+ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
+ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_make_writable
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
+ * avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
+ * expressed
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
+ * converted
+ */
+void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height,
+ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]);
+
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+
+/**
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame.
+ *
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be
+ * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be
+ * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to
+ * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet
+ * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely
+ * consumed or an error occurs.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples.
+ * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by
+ * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
+ * decoder. The caller may not write to it.
+ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is
+ * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero
+ * does not mean that an error has occurred. For
+ * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode
+ * call is guaranteed to produce a frame.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some
+ * decoders might also require additional fields to be set.
+ * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during
+ * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input
+ * AVPacket is returned.
+ *
+* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame,
+ int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay
+ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
+ * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will
+ * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
+ * decoder. The caller may not write to it.
+ *
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like
+ * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least
+ * fields possible.
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture,
+ int *got_picture_ptr,
+ const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
+ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ */
+int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub,
+ int *got_sub_ptr,
+ AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder.
+ *
+ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can
+ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually
+ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the
+ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.)
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2())
+ * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now
+ * or in future libavcodec versions.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video
+ * frame, or several complete audio frames.
+ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the
+ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create
+ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed,
+ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs),
+ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple
+ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet.
+ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and
+ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush
+ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the
+ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are
+ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder
+ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending
+ * a flush packet.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can
+ * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush
+ * packet is sent)
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Return decoded output data from a decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio
+ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the
+ * decoder. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * 0: success, a frame was returned
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try
+ * to send new input
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ * no more output frames
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder
+ * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * to retrieve buffered output packets.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded.
+ * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the
+ * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create
+ * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush
+ * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder
+ * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this
+ * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush
+ * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * For audio:
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ * can have any number of samples.
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can
+ * be sent to it
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a
+ * decoder, or requires flush
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Read encoded data from the encoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the
+ * encoder. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user
+ * must try to send input
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ * no more output packets
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware
+ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is
+ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx.
+ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only.
+ *
+ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this
+ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid
+ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames.
+ *
+ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx,
+ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes
+ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about
+ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all.
+ *
+ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function:
+ *
+ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was
+ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and
+ * can trigger undefined behavior.
+ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values).
+ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could
+ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream
+ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's
+ * get_format callback returns.)
+ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the
+ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function,
+ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format.
+ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to
+ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter),
+ * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done
+ * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules).
+ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is
+ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So
+ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every
+ * get_format call.
+ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using
+ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a
+ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function
+ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed.
+ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set
+ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation.
+ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque,
+ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback.
+ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext
+ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API):
+ *
+ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc().
+ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An
+ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats
+ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.)
+ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the
+ * API-specific minimum alignment.
+ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size
+ * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec,
+ * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference
+ * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced
+ * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the
+ * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand
+ * during decoding.
+ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying
+ * hardware API.
+ *
+ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but
+ * with basic frame parameters set.
+ *
+ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the
+ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext.
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which
+ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned
+ * AVHWFramesContext properly.
+ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device
+ * which will be used by the hardware decoder.
+ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format.
+ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_
+ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref.
+ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding.
+ * Not changed if an error is returned.
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes
+ * have special semantics:
+ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup
+ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not
+ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all,
+ * or it is a software format.
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for
+ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported
+ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref,
+ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt,
+ AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureStructure {
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParserContext {
+ void *priv_data;
+ struct AVCodecParser *parser;
+ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */
+ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset
+ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */
+ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */
+ /* video info */
+ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ /**
+ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+ * is compared to normal frame duration.
+ *
+ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+ *
+ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+ */
+ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */
+ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */
+
+ /* private data */
+ int64_t last_pts;
+ int64_t last_dts;
+ int fetch_timestamp;
+
+#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4
+ int cur_frame_start_index;
+ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ int flags;
+#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001
+#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
+#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004
+#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000
+
+ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames
+ * will be used.
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t convergence_duration;
+#endif
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ /**
+ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+ *
+ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+ * (default).
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+ * SEI message.
+ */
+ int dts_sync_point;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+ *
+ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+ */
+ int dts_ref_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+ * must not lie in the past).
+ *
+ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+ * time of the frame.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+ */
+ int pts_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the packet in file.
+ *
+ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+ */
+ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+ */
+ int64_t pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Previous frame byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t last_pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the current frame.
+ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
+ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ */
+ int duration;
+
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
+ *
+ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
+ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order.
+ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt.
+ */
+ int output_picture_number;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the coded video.
+ */
+ int coded_width;
+ int coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video
+ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio.
+ *
+ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it
+ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the
+ * one returned by a decoder.
+ */
+ int format;
+} AVCodecParserContext;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParser {
+ int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */
+ int priv_data_size;
+ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that
+ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */
+ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ struct AVCodecParser *next;
+} AVCodecParser;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser);
+AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s parser context.
+ * @param avctx codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame
+ can be output).
+ * @param pts input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ * while(in_len){
+ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size,
+ * in_data, in_len,
+ * pts, dts, pos);
+ * in_data += len;
+ * in_len -= len;
+ *
+ * if(size)
+ * decode_frame(data, size);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ int64_t pts, int64_t dts,
+ int64_t pos);
+
+/**
+ * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed
+ * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter
+ */
+int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
+void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Encode a frame of audio.
+ *
+ * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and
+ * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All
+ * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using
+ * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will
+ * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size
+ * of the output packet.
+ *
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ * freed using av_packet_unref().
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded.
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ * can have any number of samples.
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ * not be used.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
+ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Encode a frame of video.
+ *
+ * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
+ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields
+ * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If
+ * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it.
+ * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the
+ * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the
+ * caller, he is responsible for freeing it.
+ *
+ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ * freed using av_packet_unref().
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded.
+ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ * not be used.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
+ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
+
+int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ const AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int width, int height,
+ unsigned char *dest, int dest_size);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
+ * (or neither).
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
+ *
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_GETCHROMA
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample
+ */
+
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ */
+unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss()
+ */
+int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2()
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_TAG_STRING
+/**
+ * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
+ * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if
+ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null
+ *
+ * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag);
+#endif
+
+void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
+ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
+ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
+ */
+const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
+
+int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size);
+int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count);
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+/**
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
+ *
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
+ * pointers will point to this buffer.
+ *
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
+ * planar audio.
+ *
+ * @param frame the AVFrame
+ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
+ * function. This function fills in frame->data,
+ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
+ * @param nb_channels channel count
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data
+ * @param buf_size size of buffer
+ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default)
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
+ */
+int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called
+ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *
+ * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0),
+ * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When
+ * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might
+ * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid.
+ */
+void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
+ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
+ * -1 (or anything else) for native
+ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
+ * approximation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return audio frame duration.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
+ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
+ * determine.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes);
+
+/**
+ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
+ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext {
+ void *priv_data;
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+ AVCodecParserContext *parser;
+ struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next;
+ /**
+ * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter().
+ * Not for access by library users.
+ */
+ char *args;
+} AVBitStreamFilterContext;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal;
+
+/**
+ * The bitstream filter state.
+ *
+ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_bsf_free().
+ *
+ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
+ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
+ * immutable otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and AVOptions
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
+ */
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any
+ * way.
+ */
+ AVBSFInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
+ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
+ * av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_out;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
+ * caller before av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_in;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
+ * filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_out;
+} AVBSFContext;
+
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
+ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
+ */
+ const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
+ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
+ * any options.
+ *
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
+ * code to this class.
+ */
+ const AVClass *priv_class;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ int priv_data_size;
+ int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+ int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+ void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+ void (*flush)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+} AVBitStreamFilter;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init()
+ * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the
+ * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args,
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
+ * AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
+ * AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
+ * bitstream filter exists.
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
+ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
+ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
+ * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
+ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
+ * filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
+ * set.
+ */
+int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Submit a packet for filtering.
+ *
+ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
+ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
+ * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more
+ * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it
+ * may have buffered internally.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a filtered packet.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
+ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
+ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
+ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
+ * when this function is called. If this function returns
+ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
+ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
+ * touched.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the
+ * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there
+ * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if
+ * an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
+ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
+ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
+ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
+ */
+int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal bitstream filter state / flush internal buffers.
+ */
+void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
+ * into the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
+ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
+ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
+ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
+ */
+AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
+ */
+void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
+
+/**
+ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
+ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
+ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
+/**
+ * Finalize list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
+ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
+ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
+ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
+ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
+ *
+ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
+ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
+ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
+ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
+ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
+ *
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
+ *
+ * @return
+ */
+int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/* memory */
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
+ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0.
+ *
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
+ * be 0-initialized after call.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ */
+unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
+
+#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
+/**
+ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel.
+ *
+ * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
+
+/**
+ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator,
+ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator
+ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one.
+ *
+ * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so
+ * this function should not be used.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_LOCKMGR
+/**
+ * Lock operation used by lockmgr
+ *
+ * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register().
+ */
+enum AVLockOp {
+ AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex
+ AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex
+ AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex
+ AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources
+};
+
+/**
+ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations
+ * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points
+ * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user
+ * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the
+ * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is
+ * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same
+ * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However,
+ * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to
+ * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds
+ * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a
+ * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks.
+ * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a
+ * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used.
+ *
+ * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls
+ * to this callback and the previously registered callback.
+ * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex
+ * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking
+ * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to
+ * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the
+ * lockmgr will be unregistered.
+ *
+ * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to
+ * build with thread support to get basic thread safety.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of the given codec.
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a codec.
+ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
+ */
+const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
+ * exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
+ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avdct.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avdct.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..272422e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avdct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+
+/**
+ * AVDCT context.
+ * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
+ * disabled at build time.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDCT {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT input permutation.
+ * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
+ * normal order of the reference IDCT).
+ * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
+ * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
+ * An example to avoid confusion:
+ * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
+ * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
+ */
+ uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
+
+ void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+
+ void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+ const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
+ ptrdiff_t line_size);
+
+ int bits_per_sample;
+} AVDCT;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a AVDCT context.
+ * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
+ * configuring it with AVOptions.
+ *
+ * To free it use av_free()
+ */
+AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
+int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
+
+const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avfft.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avfft.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c0f9b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/avfft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft
+ * FFT functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef float FFTSample;
+
+typedef struct FFTComplex {
+ FFTSample re, im;
+} FFTComplex;
+
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a complex FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
+ */
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
+
+/**
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
+ */
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+/**
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
+ */
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
+
+enum RDFTransformType {
+ DFT_R2C,
+ IDFT_C2R,
+ IDFT_R2C,
+ DFT_C2R,
+};
+
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a real FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param trans the type of transform
+ */
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
+
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
+
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
+
+enum DCTTransformType {
+ DCT_II = 0,
+ DCT_III,
+ DCT_I,
+ DST_I,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Set up DCT.
+ *
+ * @param nbits size of the input array:
+ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
+ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
+ * @param type the type of transform
+ *
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
+ */
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6816b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ * Direct3D11 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
+ * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d11.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ *
+ * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
+ /**
+ * D3D11 decoder object
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 VideoContext
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Mutex to access video_context
+ */
+ HANDLE context_mutex;
+} AVD3D11VAContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dirac.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dirac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6d9d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dirac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
+ * @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
+ * @author David Conrad
+ * @author Jordi Ortiz
+ */
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
+ * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
+ * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
+ * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
+ * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
+ *
+ * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
+ */
+#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
+
+/**
+ * Parse code values:
+ *
+ * Dirac Specification ->
+ * 9.6.1 Table 9.1
+ *
+ * VC-2 Specification ->
+ * 10.4.1 Table 10.1
+ */
+
+enum DiracParseCodes {
+ DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
+};
+
+typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+} DiracVersionInfo;
+
+typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
+ unsigned width;
+ unsigned height;
+ uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
+
+ uint8_t interlaced;
+ uint8_t top_field_first;
+
+ uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
+ uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
+
+ uint16_t clean_width;
+ uint16_t clean_height;
+ uint16_t clean_left_offset;
+ uint16_t clean_right_offset;
+
+ uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
+ uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
+
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ AVRational framerate;
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ DiracVersionInfo version;
+ int bit_depth;
+} AVDiracSeqHeader;
+
+/**
+ * Parse a Dirac sequence header.
+ *
+ * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
+ * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
+ * av_free().
+ * @param buf the data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
+ * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
+ const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dv_profile.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9380a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dv_profile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
+ * determine the profile */
+#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
+
+
+/*
+ * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
+ * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
+ * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
+ * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
+ */
+typedef struct AVDVProfile {
+ int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
+ int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
+ int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
+ int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
+ int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
+ AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
+ int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
+ int height; /* picture height in pixels */
+ int width; /* picture width in pixels */
+ AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
+ int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
+ const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
+ int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
+ int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
+ /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
+ int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
+ /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
+ const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
+} AVDVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
+ *
+ * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
+ * @param frame the compressed data buffer
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
+ * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
+ const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22c9399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * DXVA2 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
+ * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ */
+struct dxva_context {
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 decoder object
+ */
+ IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/jni.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/jni.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd99e92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/jni.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * JNI public API functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
+#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
+
+/*
+ * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
+ * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
+ * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
+ * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
+
+/*
+ * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
+ */
+void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8545d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * Android MediaCodec public API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
+ * be used as output by the decoder.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
+
+ /**
+ * android/view/Surface object reference.
+ */
+ void *surface;
+
+} AVMediaCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
+ * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
+ * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
+ * av_mediacodec_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ */
+void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
+ */
+typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
+ * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
+ * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
+ * discard the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
+ * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
+ * of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using
+ * CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
+ * of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/qsv.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b77158e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
+#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
+ * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
+ * callback
+ * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVContext {
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
+ * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
+ */
+ mfxSession session;
+
+ /**
+ * The IO pattern to use.
+ */
+ int iopattern;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
+ */
+ mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
+ int nb_ext_buffers;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
+ * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
+ * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
+ * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
+ *
+ * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
+ * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
+ * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
+ * the opaque_surfaces field.
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
+ * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
+ * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
+ * encoder.
+ *
+ * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
+ * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
+ */
+ int nb_opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
+ * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
+ * passed to other parts of the pipeline.
+ *
+ * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
+ * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
+ * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ *
+ * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
+ * the opaque allocation request.
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc_type;
+} AVQSVContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new context.
+ *
+ * It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vaapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cf7da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vaapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
+ * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
+ * Public libavcodec VA API header.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * This shall be zero-allocated and available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
+ */
+struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
+ /**
+ * Window system dependent data
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ void *display;
+
+ /**
+ * Configuration ID
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ uint32_t config_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Context ID (video decode pipeline)
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ uint32_t context_id;
+};
+
+/* @} */
+
+#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d99943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
+ * - VDPAU decoding
+ * - VDPAU presentation
+ *
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
+ *
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+struct AVCodecContext;
+struct AVFrame;
+
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
+ const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
+ const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
+ * function and make it available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
+ * AVVDPAUContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder handle
+ *
+ * Set by user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoder decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder render callback
+ *
+ * Set by the user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoderRender *render;
+
+ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
+} AVVDPAUContext;
+
+/**
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
+ *
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
+
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
+ * display preemption).
+ *
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
+ *
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
+ uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
+
+#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+/**
+ * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
+ * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
+ * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
+ * an error.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
+#endif
+
+/* @}*/
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/version.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..782ba97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 35
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
+#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
+#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
+#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
+#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
+#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
+#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
+#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
+#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
+#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
+#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
+#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
+#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
+#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
+#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
+#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
+#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
+#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
+#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2db0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
+ * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+#undef Picture
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
+ * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
+ * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
+ * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
+ /**
+ * Videotoolbox decompression session object.
+ * Created and freed the caller.
+ */
+ VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
+
+ /**
+ * The output callback that must be passed to the session.
+ * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
+ */
+ VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
+
+ /**
+ * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
+ * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
+ * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
+ */
+ OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ * Set by the caller.
+ */
+ CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ * Set by the caller.
+ */
+ int cm_codec_type;
+} AVVideotoolboxContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
+ *
+ * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
+ * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
+ * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
+ * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
+ *
+ * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
+ * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
+ * av_videotoolbox_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ */
+void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..789932a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A public API for Vorbis parsing
+ *
+ * Determines the duration for each packet.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
+ */
+AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
+ int extradata_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free the parser and everything associated with it.
+ */
+void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
+
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * If @p flags is @c NULL,
+ * special frames are considered invalid.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ * @param flags flags for special frames
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int *flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size);
+
+void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/xvmc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..465ee78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavcodec/xvmc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
+ * Public libavcodec XvMC header.
+ */
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
+ the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
+
+struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
+ /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
+ It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
+ and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int xvmc_id;
+
+ /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
+ The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
+ Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
+ pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
+ */
+ short* data_blocks;
+
+ /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
+ XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills description data into the array
+ */
+ XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
+ array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_data_blocks;
+
+ /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
+ coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int idct;
+
+ /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
+ unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int unsigned_intra;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
+ It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
+ It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_surface;
+
+/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
+ needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
+//@{
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
+
+ /** top/bottom field or frame
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int picture_structure;
+
+ /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int flags;
+//}@
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
+ that have already been passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
+ with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int start_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
+ start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
+ passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
+ ff_draw_horiz_band().
+ - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
+ */
+ int filled_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
+ 64 short values in the data_blocks array.
+ All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
+ position into the corresponding block description structure field,
+ that are part of the mv_blocks array.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
+ with start_mb_blocks_num.
+ - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
+ of coded blocks it contains.
+ */
+ int next_free_data_block_num;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avformat.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avformat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdaffa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avformat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3085 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Main libavformat public API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavf libavformat
+ * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
+ *
+ * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
+ * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
+ * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
+ * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
+ * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
+ * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call
+ * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols.
+ * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
+ * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
+ *
+ * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
+ * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
+ * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() /
+ * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public
+ * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the
+ * avio_enum_protocols() function.
+ *
+ * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
+ * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
+ * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
+ * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
+ * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
+ * avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
+ *
+ * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
+ * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
+ * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
+ * always set by user for output.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
+ * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
+ * using their index in this array.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
+ * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
+ * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
+ *
+ * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
+ * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
+ * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
+ * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
+ * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
+ * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
+ * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
+ * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
+ * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
+ *
+ * @section urls
+ * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
+ * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
+ * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
+ *
+ * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
+ * sources without checks.
+ *
+ * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
+ * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
+ * audio and video devices and so on.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
+ * @{
+ * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
+ * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
+ * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
+ * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
+ * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
+ * cleanup.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
+ * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
+ * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
+ * @code
+ * const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
+ * AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
+ * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * @endcode
+ * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
+ * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
+ * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
+ * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
+ * frames to find missing information.
+ *
+ * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
+ * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
+ * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
+ * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
+ * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
+ * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
+ * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
+ *
+ * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
+ * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
+ * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
+ * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *options = NULL;
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
+ *
+ * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * av_dict_free(&options);
+ * @endcode
+ * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
+ * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
+ * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
+ * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
+ * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
+ * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
+ * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
+ * wishes, e.g.
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *e;
+ * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
+ * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
+ * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
+ * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
+ * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
+ * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
+ * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
+ * caller wishes to decode the data.
+ *
+ * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
+ * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
+ * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
+ * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
+ * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
+ *
+ * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is
+ * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely.
+ * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a
+ * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid
+ * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller
+ * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy
+ * of it.
+ * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
+ * longer needed.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
+ * @{
+ * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
+ * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
+ *
+ * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
+ * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
+ * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
+ * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
+ *
+ * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
+ * muxer that will be used.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
+ * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
+ * avio_open2() or a custom one.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
+ * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
+ * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
+ * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
+ * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
+ * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
+ * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
+ * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
+ * described later).
+ * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
+ * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
+ * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
+ * for both input and output format contexts.
+ * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
+ * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
+ * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
+ * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
+ * support.
+ *
+ * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
+ * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
+ * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
+ * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
+ * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
+ * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
+ * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
+ * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
+ * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
+ * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
+ * requested by the caller.
+ *
+ * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
+ * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
+ * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
+ * avformat_free_context().
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
+ * @{
+ * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
+ * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
+ *
+ * Some of possible use cases:
+ * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
+ * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
+ * files from a given directory.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
+ * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
+ * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
+ * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
+ * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
+ * any additional parameters.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
+ * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
+ * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
+ * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
+ * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
+ * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
+ * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
+ * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
+ * with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
+ * for (;;) {
+ * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * if (!entry)
+ * break;
+ * printf("%s\n", entry->name);
+ * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "avio.h"
+#include "libavformat/version.h"
+
+struct AVFormatContext;
+
+struct AVDeviceInfoList;
+struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
+ * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
+ * set metadata when muxing.
+ *
+ * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
+ * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
+ * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
+ * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
+ * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
+ *
+ * Important concepts to keep in mind:
+ * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
+ * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
+ * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
+ * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
+ * placed in the same tag.
+ * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
+ * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
+ * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
+ * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
+ * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
+ * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
+ * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
+ * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
+ * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
+ * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
+ * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
+ * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
+ * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
+ * artist-sort="Beatles, The".
+ * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
+ * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
+ * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
+ * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
+ * and check their individual event_flags.
+ *
+ * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
+ * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
+ * Follows a list of generic tag names:
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ album -- name of the set this work belongs to
+ album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
+ e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
+ artist -- main creator of the work
+ comment -- any additional description of the file.
+ composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
+ copyright -- name of copyright holder.
+ creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
+ encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
+ encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
+ filename -- original name of the file.
+ genre -- <self-evident>.
+ language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
+ in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
+ separating them with commas.
+ performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
+ E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
+ Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
+ publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
+ service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
+ service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
+ title -- name of the work.
+ track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
+ variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* packet functions */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
+ * fields with default values.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size desired payload size
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
+ * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
+ * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
+ * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
+ * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
+ * the final size.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size amount of data to read
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
+ * will not be lost even if an error occurs.
+ */
+int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/*************************************************/
+/* input/output formats */
+
+struct AVCodecTag;
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProbeData {
+ const char *filename;
+ unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
+ int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
+ const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
+} AVProbeData;
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
+
+#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
+
+/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
+#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
+#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
+#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
+#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
+#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
+#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
+#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
+#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
+#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
+#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
+#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
+#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
+#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
+ increasing timestamps, but they must
+ still be monotonic */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
+ timestamps. If not set the timestamp
+ will be shifted in av_write_frame and
+ av_interleaved_write_frame so they
+ start from 0.
+ The user or muxer can override this through
+ AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
+ */
+
+#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ const char *mime_type;
+ const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
+ /* output support */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
+ /**
+ * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
+ * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
+ * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
+ * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ */
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ struct AVOutputFormat *next;
+ /**
+ * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
+ * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
+ * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
+ * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
+ * data.
+ */
+ int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
+ int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
+ */
+ int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out,
+ AVPacket *in, int flush);
+ /**
+ * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
+ * A negative number if unknown.
+ * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
+ */
+ int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance);
+
+ void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
+ int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
+ /**
+ * Allows sending messages from application to device.
+ */
+ int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Write an uncoded AVFrame.
+ *
+ * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
+ *
+ * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
+ * by setting the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags);
+ /**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
+ /**
+ * Initialize device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
+ /**
+ * Free device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
+ enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */
+ /**
+ * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or
+ * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent.
+ * This method must not write output.
+ *
+ * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure
+ *
+ * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit().
+ */
+ int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being
+ * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written.
+ *
+ * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer().
+ *
+ * This is called if init() fails as well.
+ */
+ void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed
+ * for the global header.
+ * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not.
+ */
+ int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt);
+} AVOutputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVInputFormat {
+ /**
+ * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
+ * may be appended with a minor bump.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
+ * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
+ * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
+ * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
+ * reliable enough
+ */
+ const char *extensions;
+
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ /**
+ * Comma-separated list of mime types.
+ * It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
+ * @see av_probe_input_format2
+ */
+ const char *mime_type;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ struct AVInputFormat *next;
+
+ /**
+ * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
+ */
+ int raw_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
+ * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
+ * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
+ */
+ int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
+ * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
+ * called to create new streams.
+ */
+ int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
+ * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
+ * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
+ * background thread).
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
+ * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
+ * or must be freed before returning
+ */
+ int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+ /**
+ * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
+ * freed by this function
+ */
+ int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
+ * stream component stream_index.
+ * @param stream_index Must not be -1.
+ * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
+ * match is available.
+ * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
+ */
+ int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
+ int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
+ * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
+
+ /**
+ * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ */
+ int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
+
+ /**
+ * Free device capabilities submodule.
+ * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
+} AVInputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+enum AVStreamParseType {
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
+ this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
+ just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
+};
+
+typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
+ int64_t pos;
+ int64_t timestamp; /**<
+ * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
+ * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
+ * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
+ * is known
+ */
+#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
+#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
+ * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
+ */
+ int flags:2;
+ int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
+ int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
+} AVIndexEntry;
+
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020
+
+/**
+ * Track should be used during playback by default.
+ * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
+ * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */
+/**
+ * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
+ * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
+ * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
+ * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
+ * AVStream.attached_pic.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400
+/**
+ * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
+ * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800
+
+typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal;
+
+/**
+ * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default).
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts)
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts)
+
+/**
+ * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
+ */
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
+
+/**
+ * Stream structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStream {
+ int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
+ /**
+ * Format-specific stream ID.
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
+ */
+ int id;
+#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
+ /**
+ * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ AVCodecContext *codec;
+#endif
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
+ * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
+ * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
+ * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
+ * user-provided one, depending on the format).
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
+ * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
+ * it to really is the pts of the first frame.
+ * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
+ * demuxer must NOT set this.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
+ * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
+ * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
+ *
+ * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
+
+ int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */
+
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Average framerate
+ *
+ * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ AVRational avg_frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
+ * will contain the attached picture.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
+ * encoding: unused
+ */
+ AVPacket attached_pic;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
+ * container does not allow it to change between packets).
+ *
+ * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
+ * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
+ * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
+ * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
+ * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
+ * changes), then it does not appear in this array.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *
+ * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ /**
+ * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
+ */
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must
+ * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
+
+ /**
+ * Real base framerate of the stream.
+ * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
+ * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
+ * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
+ * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
+ * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
+ */
+ AVRational r_frame_rate;
+
+#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
+ /**
+ * String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration.
+ * Pairs are separated by ','.
+ * Keys are separated from values by '='.
+ *
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ char *recommended_encoder_configuration;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
+ * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info()
+ * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields
+ * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and
+ * add new fields to AVStreamInternal.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6)
+ /**
+ * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info()
+ */
+ struct {
+ int64_t last_dts;
+ int64_t duration_gcd;
+ int duration_count;
+ int64_t rfps_duration_sum;
+ double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES];
+ int64_t codec_info_duration;
+ int64_t codec_info_duration_fields;
+ int frame_delay_evidence;
+
+ /**
+ * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet.
+ * >0 -> decoder found
+ * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found
+ */
+ int found_decoder;
+
+ int64_t last_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Those are used for average framerate estimation.
+ */
+ int64_t fps_first_dts;
+ int fps_first_dts_idx;
+ int64_t fps_last_dts;
+ int fps_last_dts_idx;
+
+ } *info;
+
+ int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ /**
+ * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
+ *
+ * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
+ * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
+ * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
+ */
+ int64_t first_dts;
+ int64_t cur_dts;
+ int64_t last_IP_pts;
+ int last_IP_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
+ */
+ int probe_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info()
+ */
+ int codec_info_nb_frames;
+
+ /* av_read_frame() support */
+ enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing;
+ struct AVCodecParserContext *parser;
+
+ /**
+ * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
+ */
+ struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer;
+ AVProbeData probe_data;
+#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16
+ int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
+
+ AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not
+ support seeking natively. */
+ int nb_index_entries;
+ unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Stream Identifier
+ * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1
+ * 0 means unknown
+ */
+ int stream_identifier;
+
+ /**
+ * Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream.
+ */
+ int program_num;
+ int pmt_version;
+ int pmt_stream_idx;
+
+ int64_t interleaver_chunk_size;
+ int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * stream probing state
+ * -1 -> probing finished
+ * 0 -> no probing requested
+ * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept.
+ * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+ */
+ int request_probe;
+ /**
+ * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe
+ * should be discarded.
+ */
+ int skip_to_keyframe;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet.
+ */
+ int skip_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of
+ * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also
+ * assumes negative timestamps do not happen).
+ * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio
+ * support.
+ */
+ int64_t start_skip_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream.
+ * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be
+ * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless
+ * audio support.
+ */
+ int64_t first_discard_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after
+ * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent
+ * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s).
+ */
+ int64_t last_discard_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access
+ * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure.
+ */
+ int nb_decoded_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing
+ * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+ */
+ int64_t mux_ts_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp
+ */
+ int64_t pts_wrap_reference;
+
+ /**
+ * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected.
+ *
+ * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values.
+ *
+ * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities:
+ * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset
+ * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps.
+ * Otherwise the offset will be added.
+ */
+ int pts_wrap_behavior;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice
+ */
+ int update_initial_durations_done;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data to generate dts from pts
+ */
+ int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
+ uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams
+ */
+ int64_t last_dts_for_order_check;
+ uint8_t dts_ordered;
+ uint8_t dts_misordered;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal data to inject global side data
+ */
+ int inject_global_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally
+ */
+ AVRational display_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
+ * Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
+ */
+ AVStreamInternal *internal;
+} AVStream;
+
+#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r);
+#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
+attribute_deprecated
+char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
+ *
+ * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
+ */
+int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
+
+#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
+
+/**
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProgram {
+ int id;
+ int flags;
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
+ unsigned int *stream_index;
+ unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ int program_num;
+ int pmt_pid;
+ int pcr_pid;
+ int pmt_version;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+ int64_t end_time;
+
+ int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
+ int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
+} AVProgram;
+
+#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
+ (streams are added dynamically) */
+#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
+ not seekable, and attempts to call the
+ seek function will fail. For some
+ network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
+ change dynamically at runtime. */
+
+typedef struct AVChapter {
+ int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
+ AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
+ int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+} AVChapter;
+
+
+/**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
+};
+
+typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal;
+
+/**
+ * Format I/O context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
+ * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
+ * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFormatContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The input container format.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
+
+ /**
+ * The output container format.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
+
+ /**
+ * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
+ *
+ * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * I/O context.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
+ * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
+ * take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
+ *
+ * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
+ * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
+ * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
+ */
+ AVIOContext *pb;
+
+ /* stream info */
+ /**
+ * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
+ * Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int ctx_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
+ *
+ * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_streams;
+ /**
+ * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
+ * avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
+ * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
+ * appear in av_read_frame().
+ * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVStream **streams;
+
+#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
+ /**
+ * input or output filename
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use url instead.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ char filename[1024];
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
+ * length restriction.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
+ * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
+ * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
+ * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
+ * was NULL in avformat_init_output().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ char *url;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the first frame of the component, in
+ * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
+ * It is deduced from the AVStream values.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
+ * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
+ * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
+ * AVStream values if not set.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
+ * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
+ * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ unsigned int packet_size;
+ int max_delay;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
+ * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int flags;
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
+/**
+ * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
+ * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
+ *
+ * This flag is mainly intended for testing.
+ */
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
+#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
+#endif
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted)
+#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
+#endif
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining
+ * the input container format.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ int64_t probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
+ * from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
+ */
+ int64_t max_analyze_duration;
+
+ const uint8_t *key;
+ int keylen;
+
+ unsigned int nb_programs;
+ AVProgram **programs;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
+ * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
+ * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
+ * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
+ * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
+ * this.
+ * - muxing: unused
+ * - demuxing: set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int max_index_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
+ * obtained from realtime capture devices.
+ */
+ unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
+ * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
+ * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
+ * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
+ * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
+ * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
+ * write_trailer is called.
+ * - muxing: set by user
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_chapters;
+ AVChapter **chapters;
+
+ /**
+ * Metadata that applies to the whole file.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
+ * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
+ * stream was captured at this real world time.
+ * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
+ * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
+ * be used.
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
+ * the value may become known after some number of frames
+ * have been received.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time_realtime;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ */
+ int fps_probe_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
+ * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ int error_recognition;
+
+ /**
+ * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
+ *
+ * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
+ * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
+ * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
+ * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
+ * open the file.
+ */
+ AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags to enable debugging.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
+ *
+ * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
+ * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
+ * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
+ * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
+ *
+ * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
+ * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
+ * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
+ * the streams.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int64_t max_interleave_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Allow non-standard and experimental extension
+ * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must
+ * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
+ * Decoding only.
+ */
+ int max_ts_probe;
+
+ /**
+ * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
+ * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
+ * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use)
+ * - muxing: Set by user
+ * - demuxing: unused
+ */
+ int avoid_negative_ts;
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
+
+ /**
+ * Transport stream id.
+ * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
+ */
+ int ts_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio preload in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int audio_preload;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk time in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk size in bytes
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_size;
+
+ /**
+ * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
+ * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
+
+ /**
+ * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int avio_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user
+ */
+ enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip initial bytes when opening stream
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
+
+ /**
+ * Correct single timestamp overflows
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
+
+ /**
+ * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int seek2any;
+
+ /**
+ * Flush the I/O context after each packet.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int flush_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * format probing score.
+ * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
+ * the format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
+ */
+ int probe_score;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int format_probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *format_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
+ * Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
+ */
+ AVFormatInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * IO repositioned flag.
+ * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
+ * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
+ * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
+ */
+ int io_repositioned;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ AVCodec *video_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ AVCodec *audio_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced data codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ AVCodec *data_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
+ * Demuxing: Unused.
+ * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
+ */
+ int metadata_header_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * User data.
+ * This is a place for some private data of the user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+ av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
+
+ /**
+ * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
+ * Muxing: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t output_ts_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - muxing: Set by user.
+ * - demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced Data codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
+ /**
+ * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing.
+ *
+ * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on
+ * the URLs before opening them.
+ * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided
+ * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque.
+ *
+ * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2().
+ *
+ * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat.
+ * @See av_format_set_open_cb()
+ *
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for opening new IO streams.
+ *
+ * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
+ * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
+ * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
+ *
+ * @param s the format context
+ * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
+ * @param url the url to open
+ * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
+ * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
+ * semantics as in avio_open2()
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *
+ * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
+ * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
+ * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
+ * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
+ */
+ int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
+ int flags, AVDictionary **options);
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
+ */
+ void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of streams.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int max_streams;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
+} AVFormatContext;
+
+#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c);
+attribute_deprecated
+void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque);
+attribute_deprecated
+av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback);
+#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
+attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
+attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
+ * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
+ */
+void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
+ *
+ * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
+
+typedef struct AVPacketList {
+ AVPacket pkt;
+ struct AVPacketList *next;
+} AVPacketList;
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ *
+ * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
+ * etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avformat_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avformat_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat license.
+ */
+const char *avformat_license(void);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
+ * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
+ * exactly which formats you want to support.
+ *
+ * @see av_register_input_format()
+ * @see av_register_output_format()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_all(void);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
+ * and not recommended anymore.
+ *
+ * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
+ * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
+ * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
+ * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
+ * this function before any other threads using them are started.
+ *
+ * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
+ * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
+ * anymore.
+ */
+int avformat_network_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
+ * once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
+ */
+int avformat_network_deinit(void);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f);
+
+/**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered muxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered demuxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
+ * allocated by the framework within it.
+ */
+AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
+ * @param s context to free
+ */
+void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new stream to a media file.
+ *
+ * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
+ * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
+ * be called in read_packet().
+ *
+ * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to
+ * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream
+ * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific
+ * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known.
+ *
+ * @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
+ *
+ * @param st stream
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * st.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
+ * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size);
+/**
+ * Get side information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size);
+
+AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
+ * everything allocated by the framework within it.
+ *
+ * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
+ * format_name and filename are used instead
+ * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
+ * context, if NULL filename is used instead
+ * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
+ * context, may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
+ * failure
+ */
+int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat,
+ const char *format_name, const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
+ * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
+ * score afterwards.
+ * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
+ * to retry with a larger probe buffer.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret);
+
+/**
+ * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
+ * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
+ * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
+ * with the highest score is returned.
+ *
+ * @param pb the bytestream to probe
+ * @param fmt the input format is put here
+ * @param url the url of the stream
+ * @param logctx the log context
+ * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
+ * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
+ * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
+ * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
+ *
+ * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
+ * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
+ * function and written into ps.
+ * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
+ * @param url URL of the stream to open.
+ * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
+ * Otherwise the format is autodetected.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
+ */
+int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic);
+
+/**
+ * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
+ * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
+ * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
+ * frame mode.
+ * The logical file position is not changed by this function;
+ * examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
+ * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
+ * codec corresponding to i-th stream.
+ * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
+ * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *
+ * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
+ * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
+ *
+ * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
+ * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
+ */
+int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
+ * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
+ * @param s stream index
+ * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
+ * the last program is not among the programs of ic.
+ */
+AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
+
+void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Find the "best" stream in the file.
+ * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
+ * likely to be what the user expects.
+ * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
+ * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
+ * be found are ignored.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
+ * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
+ * or -1 for automatic selection
+ * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
+ * program) to this one, or -1 if none
+ * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
+ * selected stream
+ * @param flags flags; none are currently defined
+ * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
+ * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
+ * could be found,
+ * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
+ * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
+ * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
+ */
+int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ enum AVMediaType type,
+ int wanted_stream_nb,
+ int related_stream,
+ AVCodec **decoder_ret,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next frame of a stream.
+ * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
+ * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
+ * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
+ * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
+ * information possible for decoding.
+ *
+ * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next
+ * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet
+ * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with
+ * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains
+ * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each
+ * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames
+ * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
+ *
+ * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
+ * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
+ * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
+ * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
+ * decompress the payload.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
+ */
+int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
+ * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
+ * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
+ * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ */
+int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
+ * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
+ * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
+ * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
+ * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
+ * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param ts target timestamp
+ * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param flags flags
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
+ * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
+ * ABI compatibility yet!
+ */
+int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
+ * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
+ * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
+ * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
+ *
+ * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
+ * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
+ * better to open a new AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
+ * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ */
+int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
+ * current position.
+ */
+int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
+ *
+ * Use av_read_play() to resume it.
+ */
+int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
+ * and set *s to NULL.
+ */
+void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
+ * an output media file.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
+ * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
+ * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
+ * negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
+ * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters
+ * before actually writing the header.
+ * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
+ * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize,
+ * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized,
+ * negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file.
+ *
+ * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
+ * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
+ * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
+ * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
+ * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
+ * an internal reference to the input packet).
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
+ * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
+ * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
+ * output.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ * <br>
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
+ * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
+ * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
+ * "duration") should also be set if known.
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
+ *
+ * @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
+ */
+int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
+ *
+ * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
+ * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of
+ * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
+ * av_write_frame() instead of this function.
+ *
+ * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
+ * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
+ * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
+ * <br>
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
+ * fit.
+ * The caller must not access the data through this reference after
+ * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted,
+ * libavformat will make a copy.
+ * <br>
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
+ * flush the interleaving queues.
+ * <br>
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ * <br>
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
+ * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
+ * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always
+ * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails.
+ *
+ * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
+ * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used.
+ *
+ * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details.
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
+ * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
+ * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
+ * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
+ *
+ * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
+ * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
+ *
+ * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
+ * afterwards.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
+ * <0 if not
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
+
+/**
+ * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
+ * file private data.
+ *
+ * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
+ * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
+ * there is no match.
+ *
+ * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
+ * names of the registered formats
+ * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
+ * extensions of the registered formats
+ * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
+ * MIME type of the registered formats
+ */
+AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename,
+ const char *mime_type);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
+ enum AVMediaType type);
+
+/**
+ * Get timing information for the data currently output.
+ * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
+ * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
+ * work in real time.
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream stream in the media file
+ * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
+ * time_base units
+ * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
+ * in microsecond
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
+ * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
+ * atomically.
+ */
+int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
+ int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
+ * (or neither).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
+ const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
+ * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
+ * If no codec tag is found returns 0.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
+ */
+unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
+ * @param tag A pointer to the found tag
+ * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
+ */
+int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
+ unsigned int *tag);
+
+int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index for a specific timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
+ * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
+ * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
+ * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
+ */
+int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
+ * already contains it.
+ *
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
+ */
+int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
+ int size, int distance, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Split a URL string into components.
+ *
+ * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
+ * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
+ * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
+ * value.
+ *
+ * @param proto the buffer for the protocol
+ * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
+ * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
+ * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
+ * @param hostname the buffer for the host name
+ * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
+ * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
+ * @param path the buffer for the path
+ * @param path_size the size of the path buffer
+ * @param url the URL to split
+ */
+void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
+ char *authorization, int authorization_size,
+ char *hostname, int hostname_size,
+ int *port_ptr,
+ char *path, int path_size,
+ const char *url);
+
+
+/**
+ * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
+ * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
+ * codec and time base.
+ *
+ * @param ic the context to analyze
+ * @param index index of the stream to dump information about
+ * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
+ * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
+ */
+void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ int index,
+ const char *url,
+ int is_output);
+
+
+#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
+
+/**
+ * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
+ *
+ * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
+ * of digits and '%%'.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer
+ * @param buf_size destination buffer size
+ * @param path numbered sequence string
+ * @param number frame number
+ * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
+ * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
+ */
+int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number, int flags);
+
+int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
+ *
+ * @param filename possible numbered sequence string
+ * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
+ *
+ * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
+ * for getting unique dynamic payload types.
+ *
+ * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
+ * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
+ * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
+ * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
+ * must contain only one AVStream.
+ * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
+ * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
+ * the caller)
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
+ * extensions, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
+ * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
+ */
+int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the given container can store a codec.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
+ * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
+ * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
+ *
+ * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
+ * A negative number if this information is not available.
+ */
+int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
+ int std_compliance);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
+ * @{
+ * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
+ * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
+ * following code:
+ * @code
+ * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
+ * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
+ * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
+ * frame aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
+ * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
+ * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
+ *
+ * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
+ * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
+ * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
+ *
+ * @param format the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
+ * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
+ * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
+ * spec.
+ *
+ * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
+ * of spec.
+ *
+ * @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
+ * 0 if st is not matched by spec;
+ * AVERROR code if spec is invalid
+ *
+ * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
+ */
+int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
+ const char *spec);
+
+int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
+/**
+ * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet.
+ *
+ * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream
+ * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned
+ * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that
+ * the packet should be dropped
+ * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply
+ * @return >=0 on success;
+ * AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt,
+ AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc);
+#endif
+
+enum AVTimebaseSource {
+ AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
+#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
+ AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
+ *
+ * This function is useful when doing stream copy.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt target output format for ost
+ * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
+ * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
+ * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
+ */
+int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
+ AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
+ enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
+ *
+ * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
+ */
+AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avio.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75912ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/avio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,861 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavf_io
+ * Buffered I/O operations
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/common.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "libavformat/version.h"
+
+/**
+ * Seeking works like for a local file.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
+ * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
+ * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
+ * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
+ * blocking operation will be aborted.
+ *
+ * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
+ * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
+ * or AVIOContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
+ int (*callback)(void*);
+ void *opaque;
+} AVIOInterruptCB;
+
+/**
+ * Directory entry types.
+ */
+enum AVIODirEntryType {
+ AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describes single entry of the directory.
+ *
+ * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
+ * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
+ char *name; /**< Filename */
+ int type; /**< Type of the entry */
+ int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
+ Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
+ int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
+ -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
+} AVIODirEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVIODirContext {
+ struct URLContext *url_context;
+} AVIODirContext;
+
+/**
+ * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
+ * write_data_type callback.
+ */
+enum AVIODataMarkerType {
+ /**
+ * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
+ * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
+ * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ * should give decodeable results.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
+ * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
+ * non-keyframe packet start point.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ /**
+ * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
+ * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
+ * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
+ * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
+ /**
+ * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
+ * finalizing the output file.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
+ * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
+ * means the end of a packet.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Bytestream IO Context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *
+ * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
+ * directly, they should only be set by the client application
+ * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
+ * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for private options.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
+ * passes the options down to protocols.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
+ * to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /*
+ * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
+ * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
+ * (since AVIOContext is used for both):
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * READING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |---------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buffer buf_ptr buf_end
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ * input file: | | |
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ *
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * WRITING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |--------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buf_ptr_max
+ * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * buf_ptr can be in this
+ * due to a backward seek
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ * output file: | | |
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ *
+ */
+ unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
+ int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
+ unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
+ buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
+ less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
+ no more data has been received yet. */
+ void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
+ functions. */
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
+ int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
+ int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
+ int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
+ int max_packet_size;
+ unsigned long checksum;
+ unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
+ unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
+ int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
+ /**
+ * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
+ * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
+ * to byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
+ */
+ int seekable;
+
+ /**
+ * max filesize, used to limit allocations
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ */
+ int64_t maxsize;
+
+ /**
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+ int direct;
+
+ /**
+ * Bytes read statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ */
+ int64_t bytes_read;
+
+ /**
+ * seek statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ */
+ int seek_count;
+
+ /**
+ * writeout statistic
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ */
+ int writeout_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Original buffer size
+ * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
+ * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+ */
+ int orig_buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
+ * This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
+ */
+ int short_seek_threshold;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
+ */
+ int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
+ /**
+ * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
+ * small chunks of data returned from the callback).
+ */
+ int ignore_boundary_point;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
+ */
+ enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
+ int64_t last_time;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
+ * This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
+ */
+ int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
+
+ int64_t written;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
+ * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
+ */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
+
+ /**
+ * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
+ */
+ int min_packet_size;
+} AVIOContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
+ *
+ * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
+ *
+ * @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
+ */
+const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
+ * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
+ * masked by the value in flags.
+ *
+ * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
+ * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
+ * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
+ * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
+ * checked resource.
+ */
+int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Move or rename a resource.
+ *
+ * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
+ *
+ * @param url_src url to resource to be moved
+ * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
+
+/**
+ * Delete a resource.
+ *
+ * @param url resource to be deleted.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Open directory for reading.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param url directory to be listed.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
+ * containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Get next directory entry.
+ *
+ * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
+ * it may outlive AVIODirContext.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
+ * error.
+ */
+int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
+
+/**
+ * Close directory.
+ *
+ * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
+ * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
+ *
+ * @param entry entry to be freed.
+ */
+void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
+ * freed with avio_context_free().
+ *
+ * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
+ * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
+ * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
+ * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
+ * which must be later freed with av_free().
+ * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
+ * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
+ * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
+ * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
+ * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
+ * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
+ * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
+ * a proper AVERROR code.
+ * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
+ * The function may not change the input buffers content.
+ * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
+ unsigned char *buffer,
+ int buffer_size,
+ int write_flag,
+ void *opaque,
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
+ *
+ * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
+ * into s.
+ */
+void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
+
+void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
+void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL-terminated string.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
+ *
+ * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
+ *
+ * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
+ * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
+ * applicable
+ * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
+ */
+void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
+
+/**
+ * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+ * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/**
+ * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
+ * means that can be extremely slow.
+ * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
+
+/**
+ * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
+{
+ return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ */
+int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return non zero if and only if end of file
+ */
+int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
+int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Force flushing of buffered data.
+ *
+ * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
+ * without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
+ *
+ * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
+ * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
+ * read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
+ */
+void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
+ * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
+ * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
+ * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+ * necessary
+ */
+int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
+ * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
+ * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
+ * will be truncated if buf is too small.
+ * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
+ * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
+ * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
+ * bytes actually read.
+ */
+int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
+ * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
+ * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
+ */
+int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+
+/**
+ * @name URL open modes
+ * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
+ * constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use non-blocking mode.
+ * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
+ * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
+ * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
+ * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
+ * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
+ * silently ignored.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
+
+/**
+ * Use direct mode.
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_closep
+ */
+int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
+ * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ */
+int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
+ * The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
+ * The buffer must NOT be freed.
+ * No padding is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free().
+ * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate through names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
+ * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
+ * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
+ * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
+ * otherwise over input protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
+ */
+const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
+
+/**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ */
+int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ * units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ * fail if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+/**
+ * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
+ *
+ * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
+ * code otherwise
+ */
+int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
+
+/**
+ * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
+ * @param s the server context
+ * @param c the client context, must be unallocated
+ * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
+ * to an AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
+
+/**
+ * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
+ * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
+ * using it as a read/write context.
+ * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
+ * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
+ * decide to change the proceedings.
+ * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
+ * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
+ * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
+ * chunk of the request can constitute a step.
+ * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
+ * returns 0 immediately.
+ *
+ * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
+ * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
+ * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
+ * < 0 for an AVERROR code
+ */
+int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/version.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac14a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavformat/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
+// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 20
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
+#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
+#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
+#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
+#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
+#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME
+#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
+#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
+#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
+#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
+#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
+#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
+#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
+#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
+#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
+#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
+#endif
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/avresample.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/avresample.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ac9adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/avresample.h
@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVRESAMPLE_AVRESAMPLE_H
+#define AVRESAMPLE_AVRESAMPLE_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavr
+ * external API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavr libavresample
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Libavresample (lavr) is a library that handles audio resampling, sample
+ * format conversion and mixing.
+ *
+ * Interaction with lavr is done through AVAudioResampleContext, which is
+ * allocated with avresample_alloc_context(). It is opaque, so all parameters
+ * must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
+ *
+ * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
+ * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
+ * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
+ * matrix):
+ * @code
+ * AVAudioResampleContext *avr = avresample_alloc_context();
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(avr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Once the context is initialized, it must be opened with avresample_open(). If
+ * you need to change the conversion parameters, you must close the context with
+ * avresample_close(), change the parameters as described above, then reopen it
+ * again.
+ *
+ * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling avresample_convert().
+ * Note that the samples may get buffered in two places in lavr. The first one
+ * is the output FIFO, where the samples end up if the output buffer is not
+ * large enough. The data stored in there may be retrieved at any time with
+ * avresample_read(). The second place is the resampling delay buffer,
+ * applicable only when resampling is done. The samples in it require more input
+ * before they can be processed. Their current amount is returned by
+ * avresample_get_delay(). At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be
+ * flushed by calling avresample_convert() with NULL input.
+ *
+ * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
+ * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t **input;
+ * int in_linesize, in_samples;
+ *
+ * while (get_input(&input, &in_linesize, &in_samples)) {
+ * uint8_t *output
+ * int out_linesize;
+ * int out_samples = avresample_get_out_samples(avr, in_samples);
+ *
+ * av_samples_alloc(&output, &out_linesize, 2, out_samples,
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * out_samples = avresample_convert(avr, &output, out_linesize, out_samples,
+ * input, in_linesize, in_samples);
+ * handle_output(output, out_linesize, out_samples);
+ * av_freep(&output);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * When the conversion is finished and the FIFOs are flushed if required, the
+ * conversion context and everything associated with it must be freed with
+ * avresample_free().
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/mathematics.h"
+
+#include "libavresample/version.h"
+
+#define AVRESAMPLE_MAX_CHANNELS 32
+
+typedef struct AVAudioResampleContext AVAudioResampleContext;
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Mixing Coefficient Types */
+enum attribute_deprecated AVMixCoeffType {
+ AV_MIX_COEFF_TYPE_Q8, /** 16-bit 8.8 fixed-point */
+ AV_MIX_COEFF_TYPE_Q15, /** 32-bit 17.15 fixed-point */
+ AV_MIX_COEFF_TYPE_FLT, /** floating-point */
+ AV_MIX_COEFF_TYPE_NB, /** Number of coeff types. Not part of ABI */
+};
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Resampling Filter Types */
+enum attribute_deprecated AVResampleFilterType {
+ AV_RESAMPLE_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall Windowed Sinc */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser Windowed Sinc */
+};
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ */
+enum attribute_deprecated AVResampleDitherMethod {
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_NONE, /**< Do not use dithering */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, /**< Rectangular Dither */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, /**< Triangular Dither*/
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HP, /**< Triangular Dither with High Pass */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_NS, /**< Triangular Dither with Noise Shaping */
+ AV_RESAMPLE_DITHER_NB, /**< Number of dither types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Return the LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+unsigned avresample_version(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Return the libavresample build-time configuration.
+ * @return configure string
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *avresample_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Return the libavresample license.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *avresample_license(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Get the AVClass for AVAudioResampleContext.
+ *
+ * Can be used in combination with AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options
+ * without allocating a context.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ *
+ * @return AVClass for AVAudioResampleContext
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVClass *avresample_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Allocate AVAudioResampleContext and set options.
+ *
+ * @return allocated audio resample context, or NULL on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVAudioResampleContext *avresample_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Initialize AVAudioResampleContext.
+ * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API.
+ * @note The fields "in_channel_layout", "out_channel_layout",
+ * "in_sample_rate", "out_sample_rate", "in_sample_fmt",
+ * "out_sample_fmt" must be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_set_int()
+ * @see av_opt_set_dict()
+ * @see av_get_default_channel_layout()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_open(AVAudioResampleContext *avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Check whether an AVAudioResampleContext is open or closed.
+ *
+ * @param avr AVAudioResampleContext to check
+ * @return 1 if avr is open, 0 if avr is closed.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_is_open(AVAudioResampleContext *avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Close AVAudioResampleContext.
+ *
+ * This closes the context, but it does not change the parameters. The context
+ * can be reopened with avresample_open(). It does, however, clear the output
+ * FIFO and any remaining leftover samples in the resampling delay buffer. If
+ * there was a custom matrix being used, that is also cleared.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_convert()
+ * @see avresample_set_matrix()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avresample_close(AVAudioResampleContext *avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Free AVAudioResampleContext and associated AVOption values.
+ *
+ * This also calls avresample_close() before freeing.
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avresample_free(AVAudioResampleContext **avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Generate a channel mixing matrix.
+ *
+ * This function is the one used internally by libavresample for building the
+ * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
+ * building custom matrices.
+ *
+ * @param in_layout input channel layout
+ * @param out_layout output channel layout
+ * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
+ * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
+ * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
+ * @param normalize if 1, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
+ * overflow. if 0, coefficients will not be
+ * normalized.
+ * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
+ * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
+ * matrix array
+ * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
+ double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
+ double lfe_mix_level, int normalize, double *matrix,
+ int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Get the current channel mixing matrix.
+ *
+ * If no custom matrix has been previously set or the AVAudioResampleContext is
+ * not open, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is the weight of
+ * input channel i in output channel o.
+ * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the matrix array
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_get_matrix(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, double *matrix,
+ int stride);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Set channel mixing matrix.
+ *
+ * Allows for setting a custom mixing matrix, overriding the default matrix
+ * generated internally during avresample_open(). This function can be called
+ * anytime on an allocated context, either before or after calling
+ * avresample_open(), as long as the channel layouts have been set.
+ * avresample_convert() always uses the current matrix.
+ * Calling avresample_close() on the context will clear the current matrix.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_close()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is the weight of
+ * input channel i in output channel o.
+ * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the matrix array
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_set_matrix(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, const double *matrix,
+ int stride);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Set a customized input channel mapping.
+ *
+ * This function can only be called when the allocated context is not open.
+ * Also, the input channel layout must have already been set.
+ *
+ * Calling avresample_close() on the context will clear the channel mapping.
+ *
+ * The map for each input channel specifies the channel index in the source to
+ * use for that particular channel, or -1 to mute the channel. Source channels
+ * can be duplicated by using the same index for multiple input channels.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ * Reordering 5.1 AAC order (C,L,R,Ls,Rs,LFE) to FFmpeg order (L,R,C,LFE,Ls,Rs):
+ * { 1, 2, 0, 5, 3, 4 }
+ *
+ * Muting the 3rd channel in 4-channel input:
+ * { 0, 1, -1, 3 }
+ *
+ * Duplicating the left channel of stereo input:
+ * { 0, 0 }
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param channel_map customized input channel mapping
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_set_channel_mapping(AVAudioResampleContext *avr,
+ const int *channel_map);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Set compensation for resampling.
+ *
+ * This can be called anytime after avresample_open(). If resampling is not
+ * automatically enabled because of a sample rate conversion, the
+ * "force_resampling" option must have been set to 1 when opening the context
+ * in order to use resampling compensation.
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param sample_delta compensation delta, in samples
+ * @param compensation_distance compensation distance, in samples
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_set_compensation(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, int sample_delta,
+ int compensation_distance);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Provide the upper bound on the number of samples the configured
+ * conversion would output.
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param in_nb_samples number of input samples
+ *
+ * @return number of samples or AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value
+ * would exceed INT_MAX
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_get_out_samples(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, int in_nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Convert input samples and write them to the output FIFO.
+ *
+ * The upper bound on the number of output samples can be obtained through
+ * avresample_get_out_samples().
+ *
+ * The output data can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
+ * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
+ * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
+ * or to avresample_read().
+ *
+ * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
+ * resampling delay buffer. avresample_get_delay() tells the number of remaining
+ * samples. To get this data as output, call avresample_convert() with NULL
+ * input.
+ *
+ * At the end of the conversion process, there may be data remaining in the
+ * internal FIFO buffer. avresample_available() tells the number of remaining
+ * samples. To get this data as output, either call avresample_convert() with
+ * NULL input or call avresample_read().
+ *
+ * @see avresample_get_out_samples()
+ * @see avresample_read()
+ * @see avresample_get_delay()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param output output data pointers
+ * @param out_plane_size output plane size, in bytes.
+ * This can be 0 if unknown, but that will lead to
+ * optimized functions not being used directly on the
+ * output, which could slow down some conversions.
+ * @param out_samples maximum number of samples that the output buffer can hold
+ * @param input input data pointers
+ * @param in_plane_size input plane size, in bytes
+ * This can be 0 if unknown, but that will lead to
+ * optimized functions not being used directly on the
+ * input, which could slow down some conversions.
+ * @param in_samples number of input samples to convert
+ * @return number of samples written to the output buffer,
+ * not including converted samples added to the internal
+ * output FIFO
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_convert(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, uint8_t **output,
+ int out_plane_size, int out_samples,
+ uint8_t * const *input, int in_plane_size,
+ int in_samples);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Return the number of samples currently in the resampling delay buffer.
+ *
+ * When resampling, there may be a delay between the input and output. Any
+ * unconverted samples in each call are stored internally in a delay buffer.
+ * This function allows the user to determine the current number of samples in
+ * the delay buffer, which can be useful for synchronization.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_convert()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @return number of samples currently in the resampling delay buffer
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_get_delay(AVAudioResampleContext *avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Return the number of available samples in the output FIFO.
+ *
+ * During conversion, if the user does not specify an output buffer or
+ * specifies an output buffer that is smaller than what is needed, remaining
+ * samples that are not written to the output are stored to an internal FIFO
+ * buffer. The samples in the FIFO can be read with avresample_read() or
+ * avresample_convert().
+ *
+ * @see avresample_read()
+ * @see avresample_convert()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @return number of samples available for reading
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_available(AVAudioResampleContext *avr);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Read samples from the output FIFO.
+ *
+ * During conversion, if the user does not specify an output buffer or
+ * specifies an output buffer that is smaller than what is needed, remaining
+ * samples that are not written to the output are stored to an internal FIFO
+ * buffer. This function can be used to read samples from that internal FIFO.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_available()
+ * @see avresample_convert()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param output output data pointers. May be NULL, in which case
+ * nb_samples of data is discarded from output FIFO.
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to read from the FIFO
+ * @return the number of samples written to output
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_read(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, uint8_t **output, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame.
+ *
+ * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set.
+ *
+ * The upper bound on the number of output samples is obtained through
+ * avresample_get_out_samples().
+ *
+ * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples
+ * field will be set using avresample_get_out_samples() and av_frame_get_buffer()
+ * is called to allocate the frame.
+ *
+ * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
+ * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
+ * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
+ * or to avresample_convert() or to avresample_read().
+ *
+ * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
+ * resampling delay buffer. avresample_get_delay() tells the number of
+ * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or
+ * avresample_convert() with NULL input.
+ *
+ * At the end of the conversion process, there may be data remaining in the
+ * internal FIFO buffer. avresample_available() tells the number of remaining
+ * samples. To get this data as output, either call this function or
+ * avresample_convert() with NULL input or call avresample_read().
+ *
+ * If the AVAudioResampleContext configuration does not match the output and
+ * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on
+ * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED
+ * or AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED|AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED is returned.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_get_out_samples()
+ * @see avresample_available()
+ * @see avresample_convert()
+ * @see avresample_read()
+ * @see avresample_get_delay()
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param output output AVFrame
+ * @param input input AVFrame
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching
+ * configuration.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_convert_frame(AVAudioResampleContext *avr,
+ AVFrame *output, AVFrame *input);
+
+/**
+ *
+ * @deprecated use libswresample
+ *
+ * Configure or reconfigure the AVAudioResampleContext using the information
+ * provided by the AVFrames.
+ *
+ * The original resampling context is reset even on failure.
+ * The function calls avresample_close() internally if the context is open.
+ *
+ * @see avresample_open();
+ * @see avresample_close();
+ *
+ * @param avr audio resample context
+ * @param out output AVFrame
+ * @param in input AVFrame
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avresample_config(AVAudioResampleContext *avr, AVFrame *out, AVFrame *in);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVRESAMPLE_AVRESAMPLE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/version.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5d3ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavresample/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
+#define AVRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavr
+ * Libavresample version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 4
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 0
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 0
+
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVRESAMPLE_IDENT "Lavr" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVRESAMPLE_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/adler32.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/adler32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f035b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/adler32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_adler32
+ * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len size of input buffer
+ * @return updated checksum
+ */
+unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
+ unsigned int len) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09efbda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAES context.
+ */
+struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4aae12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * AES-CTR cipher
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
+#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
+
+struct AVAESCTR;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
+ * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
+ */
+int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Release an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param size the size of src and dst
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iv
+ */
+const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a random iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/attributes.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ced108a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+# define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+# define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+# define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+# define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+# define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+# define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+# define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+# define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+# define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+# define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+ code \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ __pragma(warning(push)) \
+ __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+ code; \
+ __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+# define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+# define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+# define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+# define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+# define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+# define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a9194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ * Audio FIFO
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Audio FIFO Buffer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "fifo.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
+ *
+ * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
+ * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
+ * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to free
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param channels number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
+ * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
+ */
+AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
+ int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
+ * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
+ * is less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to write
+ * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
+ * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
+ * actually written will always be nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to read
+ * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * Removes the data without reading it.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
+ *
+ * This empties all data in the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for reading
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for writing
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avassert.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avassert.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abeade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avassert.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "log.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
+ if (!(cond)) { \
+ av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
+ AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
+ abort(); \
+ } \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
+ *
+ * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
+ */
+void av_assert0_fpu(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avconfig.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c289fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avstring.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04d2695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
+ * the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
+ * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
+ * after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
+ * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
+ * match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
+ * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
+ * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @param hay_length length of string to search in
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
+ * null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the length of src
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
+ * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
+ * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
+ * size <= strlen(dst).
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the total length of src and dst
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
+ * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
+ * the buffer.
+ * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
+ * appended)
+ * @param size total size of the destination buffer
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
+ * if enough space had been available
+ */
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
+ * is the maximum value which is returned by the function
+ */
+static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
+{
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
+ */
+char *av_d2str(double d);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
+{
+ return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
+{
+ return c > 32 && c < 127;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
+{
+ return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
+ c == '\v';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
+{
+ c = av_tolower(c);
+ return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent strings replace.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
+ */
+char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe basename.
+ * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return pointer to the basename substring.
+ */
+const char *av_basename(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe dirname.
+ * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".".
+ * @note the function may change the input string.
+ */
+const char *av_dirname(char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
+ * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
+ * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
+ * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
+ * match all names.
+ *
+ * @param name Name to look for.
+ * @param names List of names.
+ * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
+
+/**
+ * Append path component to the existing path.
+ * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
+ * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
+ * @param path base path
+ * @param component component to be appended
+ * @return new path or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
+
+enum AVEscapeMode {
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
+};
+
+/**
+ * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
+ * string.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
+ * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
+ * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Escape only specified special characters.
+ * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
+ * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
+ * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
+ * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
+ * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
+ * @see av_bprint_escape()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
+ AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
+
+/**
+ * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
+ * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
+ * decode.
+ *
+ * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
+ * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
+ * return an error code.
+ *
+ * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
+ * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
+ *
+ * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
+ * GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
+ *
+ * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
+ * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
+ * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
+ * to decode, updated by the function to point to the
+ * byte next after the decoded sequence
+ * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
+ * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
+ * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
+ * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
+ * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
+ * value in case of invalid sequence
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
+ unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a name is in a list.
+ * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
+ * list.
+ */
+int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avutil.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d63315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/avutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
+ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "mathematics.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+ return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
+ const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list pointer to the list
+ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
+ av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
+
+/**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ */
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
+
+/**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ */
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
+
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
+ * code) representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/base64.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/base64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2954c12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
+ * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ * invalid input
+ */
+int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
+ * with length x to a data buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
+
+/**
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
+ * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
+ * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
+ * @return out or NULL in case of error
+ */
+char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
+ * null-terminated string.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/blowfish.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/blowfish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e289a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/blowfish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Blowfish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
+
+typedef struct AVBlowfish {
+ uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
+ uint32_t s[4][256];
+} AVBlowfish;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
+ */
+AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param key a key
+ * @param key_len length of the key
+ */
+void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
+ int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bprint.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bprint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c09b1ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bprint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avstring.h"
+
+/**
+ * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
+ * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
+ */
+
+#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
+struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
+typedef struct name { \
+ __VA_ARGS__ \
+ char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
+} name;
+
+/**
+ * Buffer to print data progressively
+ *
+ * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
+ * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
+ * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
+ *
+ * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
+ * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
+ * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
+ * declaring a local "char buf[512]".
+ *
+ * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
+ * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
+ * length.
+ *
+ * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
+ * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
+ * enough memory.
+ *
+ * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
+ * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
+ * is still updated. This situation can be tested with
+ * av_bprint_is_complete().
+ *
+ * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
+ *
+ * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
+ * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ *
+ * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
+ * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
+ * a buffer with exactly the necessary size
+ * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
+ *
+ * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
+ * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
+ * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
+ * such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+
+FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
+ char *str; /**< string so far */
+ unsigned len; /**< length so far */
+ unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
+ unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
+ char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
+)
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
+ * parameter.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer to init
+ * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
+ * @param size_max maximum size;
+ * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
+ * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
+ * any large value means that the internal buffer will be
+ * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
+ * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
+ * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
+ */
+void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
+ *
+ * The buffer will not be reallocated.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer structure to init
+ * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
+ * @param size size of buffer
+ */
+void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
+
+/**
+ * Append char c n times to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
+
+/**
+ * Append data to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param data pointer to data
+ * param size size of data
+ */
+void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
+
+struct tm;
+/**
+ * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
+ * param tm broken-down time structure to translate
+ *
+ * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
+ * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
+ * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
+ */
+void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
+ *
+ * @param[in] buf buffer structure
+ * @param[in] size required size
+ * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
+ * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
+ * can be larger or smaller than size
+ */
+void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
+ unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
+ */
+void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
+ *
+ * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
+ * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
+ */
+static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
+{
+ return buf->len < buf->size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a print buffer.
+ *
+ * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
+ * but the len and size fields are still valid.
+ *
+ * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
+ * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
+ * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
+ * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
+ */
+int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
+ *
+ * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
+ * @param src string containing the text to escape
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
+ */
+void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bswap.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91cb795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/bswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_AARCH64
+# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+# include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+ x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+ return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+ return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/buffer.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73b6bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+ AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data;
+ /**
+ * Size of data in bytes.
+ */
+ int size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data data array
+ * @param size size of data in bytes
+ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
+ void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+ void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty.
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ * data.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
+ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
+ void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/camellia.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e674c9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_camellia_size;
+
+struct AVCAMELLIA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
+ */
+int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cast5.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cast5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad5b347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cast5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_cast5_size;
+
+struct AVCAST5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAST5 context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
+ * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/channel_layout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50bb8f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/channel_layout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio channel layout utility functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
+
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+ to be the native codec channel order. */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ * av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ * AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ */
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ */
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ */
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ */
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ * present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ * on error.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+ uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name name of the layout
+ * @return 0 if the layout exists,
+ * <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ */
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+ const char **name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/common.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8db0291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Comparator.
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
+ * must not have a side-effect.
+ */
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
+#include "common.h"
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ else return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+ else
+ return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
+{
+ return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param a first value
+ * @param b value doubled and added to a
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param a first value
+ * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+ return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+ return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+ x += x >> 8;
+ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+ return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
+ * input, this could be *ptr++.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+ val= (GET_BYTE);\
+ {\
+ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+ ERROR\
+ while (val & top) {\
+ int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+ if(tmp>>6)\
+ ERROR\
+ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+ top <<= 5;\
+ }\
+ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+ val = GET_16BIT;\
+ {\
+ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+ if (hi < 0x800) {\
+ val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
+ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+ ERROR\
+ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+ {\
+ int bytes, shift;\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x80) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ } else {\
+ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ while (shift >= 6) {\
+ shift -= 6;\
+ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ }\
+ }\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+ {\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x10000) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ } else {\
+ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
+
+/*
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+# define av_clip av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+# define av_parity av_parity_c
+#endif
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cpu.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cpu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb9eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/cpu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
+ */
+attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
+ *
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
+ *
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ * present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/crc.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e22b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_crc32
+ * Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
+ * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
+ * polynomials.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+ AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
+ AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_8_EBU,
+ AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ * actual CRC).
+ * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ * most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ * representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+ const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/des.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cf11f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * DES encryption/decryption
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
+#define AVUTIL_DES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_des DES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDES {
+ uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
+ int triple_des;
+} AVDES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDES context.
+ */
+AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
+ *
+ * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
+ * must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/dict.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/dict.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..118f1f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/dict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ * extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ @code
+ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
+ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
+ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
+ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+ while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ <....> // iterate over all entries in d
+ }
+ av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+ ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key matching key
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ * be duplicated.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @param[in] m dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/display.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/display.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..515adad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Display matrix
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_display
+ * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
+ * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
+ * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
+ *
+ * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
+ * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
+ *
+ * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
+ * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
+ * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
+ * z = u * p + v * q + w
+ * @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
+ *
+ * @param matrix the transformation matrix
+ * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
+ * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
+ * or NaN if the matrix is singular.
+ *
+ * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
+ * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
+ */
+double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise
+ * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
+ * by this function)
+ * @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
+ */
+void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
+
+/**
+ * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
+ * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
+ * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
+ */
+void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/downmix_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..221cf5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/downmix_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio downmix medatata
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Possible downmix types.
+ */
+enum AVDownmixType {
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ *
+ * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
+ * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
+ /**
+ * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
+ */
+ enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
+ * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
+ */
+ double lfe_mix_level;
+} AVDownmixInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
+ *
+ * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
+ *
+ * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
+ * the structure cannot be allocated.
+ */
+AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/encryption_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fe7ebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/encryption_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The number of bytes that are clear. */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
+ * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
+ * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
+ */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
+} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
+ * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
+ uint32_t scheme;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are encrypted.
+ */
+ uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are clear.
+ */
+ uint32_t skip_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
+ * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *key_id;
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
+ * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
+ * changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *iv;
+ uint32_t iv_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
+ * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
+ * encrypted.
+ */
+ AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
+ uint32_t subsample_count;
+} AVEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
+ /**
+ * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
+ * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
+ * future.
+ */
+ uint8_t* system_id;
+ uint32_t system_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
+ * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
+ */
+ uint8_t** key_ids;
+ /** The number of key IDs. */
+ uint32_t num_key_ids;
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
+ * change in the future.
+ */
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
+ * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
+ * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
+ * will be at least one key ID.
+ */
+ uint8_t* data;
+ uint32_t data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
+ */
+ struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
+} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
+ * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
+ * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
+ *
+ * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
+ * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
+ * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
+ * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
+ * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
+ * when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
+ * to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
+ * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
+ uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
+ * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
+ * side data. The resulting object should be passed to
+ * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
+ const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
+ * given to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/error.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71df4da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+ return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/eval.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/eval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dacd22b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/eval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ffversion.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ffversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5bec5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ffversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.1.3-1+build1"
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/fifo.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc7bc6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
+ uint32_t rndx, wndx;
+} AVFifoBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param size of FIFO
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ */
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param nmemb number of elements
+ * @param size size of the single element
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ */
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ */
+void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ */
+void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ */
+void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can read from it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can write into it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * modifiable context by the function defined in func
+ * @param size number of bytes to write
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
+ * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
+ * indicate no more data available to write.
+ * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
+ * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
+
+/**
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
+ */
+void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ * point outside to the buffer data.
+ * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ */
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+ uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
+ if (ptr >= f->end)
+ ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+ else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+ ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/file.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef4a60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
+ * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
+ * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
+ * libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
+ * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
+ */
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/frame.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/frame.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2a2929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/frame.h
@@ -0,0 +1,901 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * reference-counted frame API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ */
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+ /**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+ /**
+ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+ /**
+ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+ /**
+ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+ /**
+ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+ /**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+ * presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+ /**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+ /**
+ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+ * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+ /**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+ /**
+ * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
+ * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+ /**
+ * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+ * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
+ * mastering display color volume.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+ /**
+ * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
+ * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
+
+ /**
+ * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
+ * libavutil/spherical.h.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
+ * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+ /**
+ * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
+ * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
+ * metadata key entry "name".
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+ /**
+ * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
+ * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
+ * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
+ * meaningful way instead.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
+
+ /**
+ * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
+ * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
+ * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
+ * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
+ * The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
+ * function in libavutil/timecode.c.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
+};
+
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
+ AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
+ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
+ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
+ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
+ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
+ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+ AVBufferRef *buf;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+ /**
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+ *
+ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
+ * MUST be set to NULL.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
+ * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
+ *
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+ * plane must be the same size.
+ *
+ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+ */
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+ *
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+ *
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+ *
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+ */
+ uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+ /**
+ * @name Video dimensions
+ * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
+ * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
+ *
+ * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
+ * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
+ * @{
+ */
+ int width, height;
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+ */
+ int nb_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture type of the frame.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+
+#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
+ /**
+ * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
+ * @deprecated use the pts field instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t pkt_pts;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+ /**
+ * picture number in bitstream order
+ */
+ int coded_picture_number;
+ /**
+ * picture number in display order
+ */
+ int display_picture_number;
+
+ /**
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+ */
+ int quality;
+
+ /**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+ */
+ int repeat_pict;
+
+ /**
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+ */
+ int interlaced_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+ */
+ int top_field_first;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+ */
+ int palette_has_changed;
+
+ /**
+ * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
+ * PTS but can be anything).
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+ * that time,
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+ */
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Sample rate of the audio data.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ */
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
+ * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
+ * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
+ * also be non-NULL for all j < i.
+ *
+ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+ * extended_buf array.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+ */
+ AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+ */
+ int nb_extended_buf;
+
+ AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+ /**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+ /**
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+ /**
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+ /**
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * metadata.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+ * were errors during the decoding.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
+
+ /**
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int channels;
+
+ /**
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+ * frame.
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int pkt_size;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+ /**
+ * QP table
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int8_t *qscale_table;
+ /**
+ * QP store stride
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int qstride;
+
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int qscale_type;
+
+ attribute_deprecated
+ AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
+#endif
+ /**
+ * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
+ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+ * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
+ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
+ *
+ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+ * purpose.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * @anchor cropping
+ * @name Cropping
+ * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
+ * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
+ * the frame intended for presentation.
+ * @{
+ */
+ size_t crop_top;
+ size_t crop_bottom;
+ size_t crop_left;
+ size_t crop_right;
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
+ * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
+ * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
+ *
+ * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
+ * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
+ * for the target frame's private_ref field.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *private_ref;
+} AVFrame;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+attribute_deprecated
+int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
+#endif
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a colorspace.
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
+ */
+const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
+ * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
+ * function, or undefined behavior will occur.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
+ * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
+ * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
+ * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
+ * cases.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
+ * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
+ * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+ int size);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type the type of the added side data
+ * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
+ * the reference is transferred to the frame.
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
+ * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
+ * the caller.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+ AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
+ * from the frame.
+ */
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags for frame cropping.
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
+ * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
+ * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
+ * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
+ * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
+ * absolutely know what you are doing.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
+ */
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ */
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hash.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7693e6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
+ * Generic hashing API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
+#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * Hash functions useful in multimedia.
+ *
+ * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
+ * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
+ * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
+ * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
+ * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
+ *
+ * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
+ * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
+ * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
+ * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
+ * "individual hash" directly.
+ *
+ * @section Sample Code
+ *
+ * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * const char *hash_name = NULL;
+ * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
+ *
+ * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
+ * hash_name = ...;
+ *
+ * // Allocate a hash context
+ * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * return ret;
+ *
+ * // Initialize the hash context
+ * av_hash_init(ctx);
+ *
+ * // Update the hash context with data
+ * while (data_left) {
+ * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
+ * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
+ * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
+ * // av_malloc().
+ * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
+ * if (!output_buf)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Finalize the hash context.
+ * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
+ * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
+ * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
+ * // memory needed.
+ * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
+ *
+ * // Free the context
+ * av_hash_freep(&ctx);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section Hash Function-Specific Information
+ * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
+ * used.
+ *
+ * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
+ * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @example ffhash.c
+ * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
+ * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
+ * initialization, updating, and finalizing.
+ */
+
+struct AVHashContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
+ *
+ * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
+ * call av_hash_init() to do so.
+ */
+int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get the names of available hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
+ *
+ * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
+ * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
+ */
+const char *av_hash_names(int i);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
+ */
+const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
+ *
+ * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
+ * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
+ * libavutil without recompilation.
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
+ * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
+ * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
+ * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
+ * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
+ */
+#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
+ *
+ * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ctx Hash context
+ * @return Size of the hash value in bytes
+ */
+int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reset a hash context.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update a hash context with additional data.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
+ * @param[in] len Size of the additional data
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
+ *
+ * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ *
+ * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
+ */
+void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
+ * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
+ * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
+ * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hmac.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..412e950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVHMACType {
+ AV_HMAC_MD5,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA1,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA224,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA256,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA384,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA512,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
+ */
+AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash data with the HMAC.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data with a key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
+ const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
+ uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5a4b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+enum AVHWDeviceType {
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
+ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
+ * derived.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
+ * state.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+ * way by the caller.
+ */
+ AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
+ *
+ * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+
+ /**
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
+ * this context.
+ *
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+ * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
+ * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
+ * by the caller.
+ */
+ void *hwctx;
+
+ /**
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+ *
+ * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
+ * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
+ * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
+ */
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+ */
+ void *user_opaque;
+} AVHWDeviceContext;
+
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
+ * struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+ * way by the caller.
+ */
+ AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
+ * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
+ * additional references from it.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
+ * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
+ *
+ * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
+ * this context.
+ *
+ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+ * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
+ * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
+ * struct should not be modified by the caller.
+ */
+ void *hwctx;
+
+ /**
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+ */
+ void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+ */
+ void *user_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
+ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
+ * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
+ * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
+ * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
+ *
+ * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
+ * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
+ * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
+ * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
+ */
+ AVBufferPool *pool;
+
+ /**
+ * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
+ * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
+ * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
+ */
+ int initial_pool_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
+ *
+ * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat format;
+
+ /**
+ * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
+ * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
+ * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
+
+ /**
+ * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ */
+ int width, height;
+} AVHWFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
+ *
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
+ * not found.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
+ *
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
+ * is not valid.
+ */
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over supported device types.
+ *
+ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
+ * returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
+ * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
+ *
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
+ * used in any way.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
+ * touched by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
+ * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
+ * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
+ * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
+ * @param type The type of the device to create.
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
+ * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
+ * @param flags currently unused
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+ const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
+ * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ * AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ * used to create the new device.
+ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+ AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
+ * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
+ * function remains owned by the caller.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
+ * to any frames.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
+ * newly allocated buffers.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
+ *
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
+ *
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
+ *
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
+ * destination frame is unspecified.
+ *
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
+ * @param src the source frame.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
+ /**
+ * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
+
+ /**
+ * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
+ * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
+ * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
+ * If this function returns successfully, the format list will
+ * have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
+ * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
+ enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
+ enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
+ /**
+ * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
+ * not known.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
+
+ /**
+ * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+ * (Zero if not known.)
+ */
+ int min_width;
+ int min_height;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+ * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
+ */
+ int max_width;
+ int max_height;
+} AVHWFramesConstraints;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
+ * av_free().
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
+ * success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
+ * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
+ * of the device.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
+ * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
+ * on the device, or NULL if not available.
+ */
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
+ const void *hwconfig);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ *
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ */
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be readable.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be writeable.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
+ /**
+ * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
+ * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
+ * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
+ /**
+ * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
+ * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
+ * be much lower than normal memory.
+ */
+ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Map a hardware frame.
+ *
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
+ * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
+ *
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
+ *
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
+ *
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
+ *
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
+ *
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
+ *
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
+ * AVHWFramesContext.
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
+ * AVHWFramesContext on.
+ * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
+ * which will be mapped to the derived context.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
+ * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
+ * in the derived device.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
+ enum AVPixelFormat format,
+ AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
+ AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
+ int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81a0552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+
+#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
+#include <cuda.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
+ CUcontext cuda_ctx;
+ CUstream stream;
+ AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
+} AVCUDADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f91e9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
+ *
+ * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
+ * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
+ * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
+ *
+ * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
+ * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
+ * this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
+ *
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
+ * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
+ * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d11.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
+ * set the libavcodec decoding device.
+ *
+ * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
+ * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11Device *device;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
+
+ /**
+ * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+ /**
+ * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
+ * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
+ * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
+ * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
+ *
+ * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
+ * internal mutex.
+ *
+ * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
+ * locking implementation.
+ */
+ void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
+ void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
+ void *lock_ctx;
+} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ *
+ * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
+ * necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
+ * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
+ * the interface.
+ *
+ * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
+ */
+ ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+ /**
+ * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
+ * if the texture is not an array texture.
+ *
+ * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
+ */
+ intptr_t index;
+} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
+ * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
+ * texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
+ *
+ * The only situation when the API user should set this is:
+ * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
+ * allocate the pool
+ * - of an array texture
+ * - and wants it to use it for decoding
+ * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
+ *
+ * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
+ * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+ *
+ * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
+ * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
+ * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
+ */
+ ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
+ * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
+ * video decoding.
+ * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+ */
+ UINT BindFlags;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
+ * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+ */
+ UINT MiscFlags;
+} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42709f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
+ *
+ * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
+ * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
+ * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
+ * added in future.
+ */
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
+ */
+ AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
+};
+
+/**
+ * DRM object descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * DRM PRIME fd for the object.
+ */
+ int fd;
+ /**
+ * Total size of the object.
+ *
+ * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
+ */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
+ *
+ * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
+ * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
+ */
+ uint64_t format_modifier;
+} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM plane descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
+ * a single object.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
+ * array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
+ */
+ int object_index;
+ /**
+ * Offset within that object of this plane.
+ */
+ ptrdiff_t offset;
+ /**
+ * Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
+ */
+ ptrdiff_t pitch;
+} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM layer descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
+ * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
+ */
+ uint32_t format;
+ /**
+ * Number of planes in the layer.
+ *
+ * This must match the number of planes required by format.
+ */
+ int nb_planes;
+ /**
+ * Array of planes in this layer.
+ */
+ AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM frame descriptor.
+ *
+ * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
+ * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
+ * an object of this type.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
+ * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
+ * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
+ * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
+ * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
+ * to import it.)
+ *
+ * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
+ * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
+ * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
+ * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
+ */
+ int nb_objects;
+ /**
+ * Array of objects making up the frame.
+ */
+ AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+ /**
+ * Number of layers in the frame.
+ */
+ int nb_layers;
+ /**
+ * Array of layers in the frame.
+ */
+ AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM device.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * File descriptor of DRM device.
+ *
+ * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
+ * used in some derivation and mapping operations.
+ *
+ * If no device is required, set to -1.
+ */
+ int fd;
+} AVDRMDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1b79bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
+ *
+ * Only fixed-size pools are supported.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
+ IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
+} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
+ /**
+ * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
+ * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
+ */
+ DWORD surface_type;
+
+ /**
+ * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
+ * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
+ * libavutil.
+ */
+ IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
+ * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
+ * field is provided.
+ *
+ * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
+ * it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
+ *
+ * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
+ * decoder reference.
+ */
+ IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
+} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..101a980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * MediaCodec details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
+ *
+ * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
+ */
+ void *surface;
+} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b98d611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
+ *
+ * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
+ * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
+ mfxSession session;
+} AVQSVDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
+ mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
+ */
+ int frame_type;
+} AVQSVFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
+
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b2e071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+
+#include <va/va.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
+ *
+ * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
+ * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
+ * argument to vaCreateContext().
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
+ */
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
+ * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
+ /**
+ * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
+ * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
+ * separately afterwards.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
+
+ /**
+ * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
+ * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
+
+ /**
+ * The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
+ * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
+ * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
+ */
+ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI connection details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
+ /**
+ * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
+ */
+ VADisplay display;
+ /**
+ * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
+ * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
+ * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
+ * may need to refer to this field when performing any later
+ * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
+ */
+ unsigned int driver_quirks;
+} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
+ /**
+ * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
+ * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
+ */
+ VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
+ int nb_attributes;
+ /**
+ * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
+ * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
+ * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
+ * vaCreateContext().
+ */
+ VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
+ int nb_surfaces;
+} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
+ *
+ * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
+ /**
+ * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
+ */
+ VAConfigID config_id;
+} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7ea1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
+ VdpDevice device;
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
+} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..380918d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
+ *
+ * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox
+ * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames.
+ *
+ * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
+ *
+ * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
+ * NULL.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
+ * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/imgutils.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/imgutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b790ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/imgutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+ const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+ uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+ int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
+ const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+ int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+ const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy().
+ *
+ * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
+ * by the CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ * int for av_image_copy().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
+ const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
+ * parameters and the provided array.
+ *
+ * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
+ * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
+ * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
+ * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
+ * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
+ * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
+ * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
+ * size for the src buffer.
+ *
+ * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
+ * one call, use av_image_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
+ * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
+ * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
+ const uint8_t *src,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
+ * image with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align the assumed linesize alignment
+ * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
+ *
+ * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
+ * for the buffer to fill.
+ *
+ * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
+ * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
+ * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
+ * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
+ * @param width the width of the source image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the source image in pixels
+ * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
+ * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
+ * (error code) on error
+ */
+int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
+ const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
+ * with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
+ *
+ * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
+ * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
+ * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
+ *
+ * @param w width of the image
+ * @param h height of the image
+ * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
+ * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
+
+/**
+ * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
+ * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
+ * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
+ * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
+ *
+ * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
+ * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
+ *
+ * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
+ * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
+ * not supported.)
+ *
+ * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
+ * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
+ int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intfloat.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intfloat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe3d7ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intfloat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+ uint32_t i;
+ float f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+ uint64_t i;
+ double f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c763b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+ uint64_t u64;
+ uint32_t u32[2];
+ uint16_t u16[4];
+ uint8_t u8 [8];
+ double f64;
+ float f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint32_t u32;
+ uint16_t u16[2];
+ uint8_t u8 [4];
+ float f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint16_t u16;
+ uint8_t u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ *
+ * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
+ * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
+ * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
+ * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
+ * depending on the platform.
+ *
+ * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
+ uint16_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
+ uint16_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
+ uint32_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
+ uint32_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (val); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+# define AV_RB24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+# define AV_RL24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB48
+# define AV_RB48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB48
+# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL48
+# define AV_RL48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL48
+# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
+ * memory locations.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16U
+# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32U
+# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64U
+# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128U
+# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+ (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
+ do { \
+ AV_ZERO64(d); \
+ AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lfg.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lfg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03f779a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lfg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVLFG {
+ unsigned int state[64];
+ int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
+ *
+ * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
+ */
+int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+ return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/log.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/log.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9554e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+ /**
+ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+ */
+ const char* class_name;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+ * instance ctx associated with the class.
+ */
+ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+ *
+ * @see av_set_default_options()
+ */
+ const struct AVOption *option;
+
+ /**
+ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+ * version bumps everywhere.
+ */
+
+ int version;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+ * 0 means there is no such variable
+ */
+ int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+ * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+ * The offset can be NULL.
+ */
+ int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+ void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+ /**
+ * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
+ * AVOptions-enabled child.
+ *
+ * The difference between child_next and this is that
+ * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+ * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+ */
+ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
+
+ /**
+ * Category used for visualization (like color)
+ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory category;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the category.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+ * available since version (52.12)
+ */
+ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+} AVClass;
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
+
+/**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
+
+/**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
+
+/**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+ @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ */
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ */
+void av_log_set_level(int level);
+
+/**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ */
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+
+/**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
+ va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ */
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
+ * may be NULL if line_size is 0
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
+ * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
+ * the number of characters that would have been written for a
+ * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
+ * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
+ * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
+ */
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+
+/**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
+
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+int av_log_get_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lzo.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lzo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c034039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/lzo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * LZO 1x decompression
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
+#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+ * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
+/** @} */
+
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ *
+ * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
+ * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
+ */
+int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/macros.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2007ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c23b07c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
+ * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
+ * and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
+ /**
+ * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
+ */
+ AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
+
+ /**
+ * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
+ */
+ AVRational white_point[2];
+
+ /**
+ * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ AVRational min_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ AVRational max_luminance;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
+ */
+ int has_primaries;
+
+ /**
+ * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
+ */
+ int has_luminance;
+
+} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
+ * and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
+ /**
+ * Max content light level (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ unsigned MaxCLL;
+
+ /**
+ * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
+ */
+ unsigned MaxFALL;
+} AVContentLightMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ * on failure.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mathematics.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mathematics.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5490180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mathematics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI_2
+#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rounding methods.
+ */
+enum AVRounding {
+ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+ /**
+ * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
+ * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
+ * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
+ * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
+ * cases.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+ * // Rescaling 3:
+ * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
+ * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
+ * // => 2
+ *
+ * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+ * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
+ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
+ * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
+ * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
+ * - 0 if they represent the same position
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
+ *
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
+ * `a` and `b`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
+ * @return
+ * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
+ * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
+ * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
+ *
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] in_tb Input time base
+ * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
+ * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
+ * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
+ * duration of the current packet/frame)
+ * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
+ * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
+ * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
+ * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
+ *
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
+ * seconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ts Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
+ * @param[in] inc Value to be added
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
+ */
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/md5.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca72ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_md5
+ * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
+#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MD5 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_md5_size;
+
+struct AVMD5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMD5 context.
+ */
+struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize MD5 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
+ */
+void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param src input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data.
+ *
+ * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param src The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
+#else
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mem.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e0b12a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem
+ * Memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
+ *
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
+ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
+ *
+ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be
+ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
+ * uint8_t aligned_array[128];
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
+ * assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
+#else
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
+ *
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
+ * generate better code.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+ #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+ #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
+ * given by the specified parameter(s).
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+ #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+ #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
+ *
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
+ * caution when doing so.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
+ * block.
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of element
+ * @param size Size of a single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ * be allocated
+ *
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
+ *
+ * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ * @see av_reallocp()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
+ * is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
+ * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ * leak with the classic
+ * @code{.c}
+ * buf = realloc(buf);
+ * if (!buf)
+ * return -1;
+ * @endcode
+ * pattern.
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
+ * @param size Size of the single element of the array
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_reallocp_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
+ * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
+ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param[in] size Size of the single element
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ * correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * A typical use pattern follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!new_buf) {
+ * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr`
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
+ * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
+ * error
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!buf) {
+ * // Allocation failed; buf already freed
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
+ */
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ *
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
+ * behind dangling pointers.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_free(buf);
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
+ * // security risk.
+ *
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_strndup()
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ * terminating byte)
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ */
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @param p Buffer to be duplicated
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination buffer
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
+ * the overlapping window); must be > 0
+ * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
+ *
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
+ *
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
+ *
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
+ *
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
+ *
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * // nb == 2
+ * // &to_be_added == array[0]
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
+ * implements this mechanism.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
+ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
+ * if (!addr)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
+ *
+ * // Shortcut of the above.
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
+ * (const void *)&to_be_added2);
+ * if (!addr)
+ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * // nb == 2
+ * // to_be_added == array[0]
+ * // to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in] elem Element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
+ * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
+ * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
+ * allocated but left uninitialized.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
+ * space
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+ const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ *
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
+ *
+ * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
+ * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
+ */
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+ size_t t = a * b;
+ /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
+ * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+ if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+ return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+ *r = t;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
+ *
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
+ *
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
+ *
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
+ *
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
+ * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/motion_vector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec29556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/motion_vector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVMotionVector {
+ /**
+ * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
+ * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
+ * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
+ */
+ int32_t source;
+ /**
+ * Width and height of the block.
+ */
+ uint8_t w, h;
+ /**
+ * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
+ */
+ int16_t src_x, src_y;
+ /**
+ * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
+ */
+ int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
+ /**
+ * Extra flag information.
+ * Currently unused.
+ */
+ uint64_t flags;
+ /**
+ * Motion vector
+ * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
+ * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
+ */
+ int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
+ uint16_t motion_scale;
+} AVMotionVector;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/murmur3.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/murmur3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b09175
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/murmur3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_murmur3
+ * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
+ * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
+ *
+ * - 32-bit output
+ * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
+ * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
+ *
+ * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
+ * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
+ * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
+ * performance.
+ *
+ * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
+ * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
+ * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
+ * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
+ * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
+ *
+ * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
+ * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
+ */
+struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ * @param[in] seed Random seed
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash context with new data.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c Hash context
+ * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
+ * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] c Hash context
+ * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/opt.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/opt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39f4a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/opt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ * const AVClass *class;
+ * int int_opt;
+ * char *str_opt;
+ * uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ * int bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption test_options[] = {
+ * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ * .class_name = "test class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = test_options,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
+ * ret->class = &test_class;
+ * av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ * return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ * av_opt_free(*foo);
+ * av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
+ * parent struct's AVClass.
+ * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ * child_struct field:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct child_struct {
+ * AVClass *class;
+ * int flags_opt;
+ * } child_struct;
+ * static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ * static const AVClass child_class = {
+ * .class_name = "child class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = child_opts,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ *
+ * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *t = obj;
+ * if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ * return t->child_struct;
+ * return NULL
+ * }
+ * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
+ * {
+ * return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
+ * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ * child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
+ * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ * iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
+ * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ * with their unit field set to the same string.
+ * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ * constant.
+ * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ * above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ * @code
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * short English help text
+ * @todo What about other languages?
+ */
+ const char *help;
+
+ /**
+ * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+ * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+ */
+ int offset;
+ enum AVOptionType type;
+
+ /**
+ * the default value for scalar options
+ */
+ union {
+ int64_t i64;
+ double dbl;
+ const char *str;
+ /* TODO those are unused now */
+ AVRational q;
+ } default_val;
+ double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
+ double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+ int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
+/**
+ * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
+/**
+ * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
+ * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+ /**
+ * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+ * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+ * unit. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+/**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRange {
+ const char *str;
+ /**
+ * Value range.
+ * For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
+ * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
+ */
+ double value_min, value_max;
+ /**
+ * Value's component range.
+ * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
+ */
+ double component_min, component_max;
+ /**
+ * Range flag.
+ * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
+ */
+ int is_range;
+} AVOptionRange;
+
+/**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
+ /**
+ * Array of option ranges.
+ *
+ * Most of option types use just one component.
+ * Following describes multi-component option types:
+ *
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
+ * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
+ * component index 1: range of width.
+ * component index 2: range of height.
+ *
+ * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
+ * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
+ * av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
+ *
+ * Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * int range_index, component_index;
+ * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+ * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
+ * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
+ * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
+ * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
+ * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
+ * //do something with range here.
+ * }
+ * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AVOptionRange **range;
+ /**
+ * Number of ranges per component.
+ */
+ int nb_ranges;
+ /**
+ * Number of componentes.
+ */
+ int nb_components;
+} AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
+ * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
+ * default applied to s.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ * delimiter
+ * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ * found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *const *shorthand,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * Free all allocated objects in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ * or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ */
+int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ unsigned flags,
+ char **rkey, char **rval);
+
+enum {
+
+ /**
+ * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+ * as NULL.
+ */
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
+ given object first. */
+/**
+ * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ * object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
+ * rather than returning an empty string.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
+ * one component for certain option types.
+ * @see AVOptionRanges for details.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ * AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ * or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
+/**
+ * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
+ * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name name of the binary option
+ * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ * regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags search flags
+ */
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+ (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+ AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+ av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+ av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ *
+ * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set
+ * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string.
+ */
+int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
+int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
+/**
+ * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
+ * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ * or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ */
+void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy options from src object into dest object.
+ *
+ * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
+ * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
+ *
+ * @param dest Object to copy from
+ * @param src Object to copy into
+ * @return 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
+ * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param o option to be checked
+ * @return >0 when option is set to its default,
+ * 0 when option is not set its default,
+ * <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param name option name
+ * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
+ * @return >0 when option is set to its default,
+ * 0 when option is not set its default,
+ * <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
+
+
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
+
+/**
+ * Serialize object's options.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing object's serialized options.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
+ * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
+ * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
+ * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
+ * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/parseutils.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/parseutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e66d24b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/parseutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
+ *
+ * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
+ * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
+ * want to exclude those values.
+ *
+ * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * num:den, a float number or an expression
+ * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
+ * level of log_ctx
+ * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
+ av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
+ * colors.
+ *
+ * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
+ * av_parse_color().
+ *
+ * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
+ * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
+ * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
+ */
+const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Simplified version of strptime
+ *
+ * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
+ * store its results in the structure dt.
+ * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
+ * by the standard strptime().
+ *
+ * The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
+ * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '23'
+ * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
+ * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
+ * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
+ * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
+ * through '31'
+ * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
+ * - %%: a literal '%'
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
+ * call. In case the input string contains more characters than
+ * required by the format string the return value points right after
+ * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
+ * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
+ * the string. On failure NULL is returned.
+ */
+char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixdesc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c055810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixdesc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/*
+ * pixel format descriptor
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
+ /**
+ * Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
+ */
+ int plane;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ int step;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ int offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
+ * to get the value.
+ */
+ int shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits in the component.
+ */
+ int depth;
+
+#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
+ /** deprecated, use step instead */
+ attribute_deprecated int step_minus1;
+
+ /** deprecated, use depth instead */
+ attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1;
+
+ /** deprecated, use offset instead */
+ attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1;
+#endif
+} AVComponentDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
+ * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
+ * subsampling factors and number of components.
+ *
+ * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
+ * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
+ * are stored not what these values represent.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
+ const char *name;
+ uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
+
+ /**
+ * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
+ */
+ uint64_t flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
+ * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
+ * If the format has 3 or 4 components:
+ * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
+ * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
+ *
+ * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
+ */
+ AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
+
+ /**
+ * Alternative comma-separated names.
+ */
+ const char *alias;
+} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format is big-endian.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a
+ * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each
+ * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can
+ * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
+ * the pixel format without using the palette.
+ * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
+ *
+ * @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed,
+ * the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only
+ * actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a
+ * palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the
+ * extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to
+ * allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required
+ * before the deprecation, though).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
+ * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
+ * straight, never pre-multiplied.
+ *
+ * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
+ * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
+ * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
+ * of bits per sample.
+ *
+ * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
+ * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
+ * not counted.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
+ */
+int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
+ * this pixel format is unknown.
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
+ * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
+ * valid pixel format.
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
+ * pixel format component c to dst.
+ *
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
+ * values to write to dst
+ * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
+ * format writes the values corresponding to the palette
+ * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
+ * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
+ * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
+ int dst_element_size);
+
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+
+/**
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * image line.
+ *
+ * @param src array containing the values to write
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
+ * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
+ * values to write to the image line
+ * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
+
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+ const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+ int x, int y, int c, int w);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ *
+ * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
+ * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
+#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
+#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
+#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixelutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8dbc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixelutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+/**
+ * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
+ */
+typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
+ const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
+
+/**
+ * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
+ * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
+ *
+ * @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
+ * @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
+ * @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
+ * src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
+ * If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
+ * aligned on the block size.
+ * If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
+ * alignment.
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
+ * invalid parameters)
+ */
+av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
+ int aligned, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6815f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/pixfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
+ * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+#if FF_API_VAAPI
+ /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
+ /**@{*/
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
+ /**@}*/
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
+#else
+ /**
+ * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
+ * VASurfaceID.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
+#endif
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ /**
+ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+ * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+ * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+ * mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+ * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
+
+ /**
+ * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
+ * exactly as for system memory frames.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
+ *
+ * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
+ * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
+ *
+ * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
+ * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
+ * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
+
+ /**
+ * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
+ *
+ * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
+ /**
+ * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
+ *
+ * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
+ * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
+
+/**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
+ */
+enum AVColorPrimaries {
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
+ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
+ AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
+ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
+ */
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
+ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
+ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
+ AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
+ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
+ */
+enum AVColorSpace {
+ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
+ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
+ AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
+ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ */
+enum AVColorRange {
+ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
+ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
+ *
+ * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
+ * v v v v
+ * ______ ______
+ *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
+ * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation {
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
+ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/random_seed.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/random_seed.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0462a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/random_seed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rational.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rational.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c6b67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rational.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * Rational number calculation.
+ *
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
+ * denominators.
+ *
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
+ * rational numbers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+ int num; ///< Numerator
+ int den; ///< Denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVRational.
+ *
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ *
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ * @see av_reduce()
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+ AVRational r = { num, den };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ *
+ * @param a First rational
+ * @param b Second rational
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - 0 if `a == b`
+ * - 1 if `a > b`
+ * - -1 if `a < b`
+ * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
+ */
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
+ const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
+
+ if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+ else return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
+ * @param a AVRational to convert
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form
+ * @see av_d2q()
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+ return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ *
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
+ * @param[in] num Source numerator
+ * @param[in] den Source denominator
+ * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+ AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ *
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d `double` to convert
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form
+ * @see av_q2d()
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be compared against
+ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
+ * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
+ * - 0 if they have the same distance
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
+ *
+ * @param q Reference rational
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
+ * format.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be converted
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
+ * integer.
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
+ */
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rc4.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rc4.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..029cd2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/rc4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
+#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVRC4 {
+ uint8_t state[256];
+ int x, y;
+} AVRC4;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRC4 context.
+ */
+AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
+ *
+ * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of bytes
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
+ * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
+ */
+void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/replaygain.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/replaygain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b49bf1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/replaygain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * ReplayGain information (see
+ * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
+ * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVReplayGain {
+ /**
+ * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
+ * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
+ */
+ int32_t track_gain;
+ /**
+ * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
+ * may overflow). 0 when unknown.
+ */
+ uint32_t track_peak;
+ /**
+ * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
+ */
+ int32_t album_gain;
+ /**
+ * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
+ */
+ uint32_t album_peak;
+} AVReplayGain;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ripemd.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ripemd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0db6858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/ripemd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_ripemd
+ * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_ripemd_size;
+
+struct AVRIPEMD;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
+ */
+struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/samplefmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cd43ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/samplefmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
+ * of success at the next bump
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+ const uint8_t *buf,
+ int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0180e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha
+ * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-1: 160 bits
+ * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha512.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bef714b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha512
+ * Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
+ * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
+ * - SHA-384: 384 bits
+ * - SHA-512: 512 bits
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha512_size;
+
+struct AVSHA512;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/spherical.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/spherical.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cef759c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/spherical.h
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Spherical video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical
+ * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
+ * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
+ * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
+ * the video should be mapped and displayed.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
+ */
+enum AVSphericalProjection {
+ /**
+ * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
+ * equirectangular projection.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
+
+ /**
+ * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
+ * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
+ * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
+ * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
+ * to the back.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
+
+ /**
+ * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
+ * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
+ * the position of the current video in a larger surface.
+ */
+ AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
+ * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
+ /**
+ * Projection type.
+ */
+ enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
+
+ /**
+ * @name Initial orientation
+ * @{
+ * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
+ * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
+ * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
+ * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
+ *
+ * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
+ * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
+ * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
+ *
+ * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
+ * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
+ * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
+ * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
+ *
+ * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
+ *
+ * See this equirectangular projection as example:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * Yaw
+ * -180 0 180
+ * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180
+ * | | | up
+ * P | | | y| forward
+ * i | ^ | | /z
+ * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | /
+ * c | | | | /
+ * h | | | 0|/_____right
+ * | | | x
+ * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
+ *
+ * X - the default camera center
+ * ^ - the default up vector
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
+ int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
+ int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @name Bounding rectangle
+ * @anchor bounding
+ * @{
+ * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
+ * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
+ * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
+ * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * +----------------+----------+
+ * | |bound_top |
+ * | +--------+ |
+ * | bound_left |tile | |
+ * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right
+ * | +--------+ |
+ * | | |
+ * | bound_bottom| |
+ * +----------------+----------+
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
+ * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
+ * like in the following example:
+ *
+ * @code{c}
+ * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right;
+ * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom;
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
+ * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
+ * and should be ignored in all other cases.
+ */
+ uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge
+ uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge
+ uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge
+ uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
+ *
+ * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
+ * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
+ * cases.
+ */
+ uint32_t padding;
+} AVSphericalMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
+ * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
+ *
+ * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
+ * @param width Width of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param left Pixels from the left edge.
+ * @param top Pixels from the top edge.
+ * @param right Pixels from the right edge.
+ * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
+ */
+void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
+ size_t width, size_t height,
+ size_t *left, size_t *top,
+ size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/stereo3d.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d421aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/stereo3d.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Stereoscopic video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d
+ * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
+ * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
+ * possible codec-independent view arrangements.
+ * */
+
+/**
+ * List of possible 3D Types
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DType {
+ /**
+ * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_2D,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are next to each other.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * LLLLRRRR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are on top of each other.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are alternated temporally.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+ * ... ... ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * RLRLRLRL
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
+ * apply a checkerboard pattern.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * RRRRRRRR
+ * LLLLLLLL
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
+
+ /**
+ * Views are packed per column.
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * LRLRLRLR
+ * ...
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * List of possible view types.
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DView {
+ /**
+ * Frame contains two packed views.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
+
+ /**
+ * Frame contains only the left view.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
+
+ /**
+ * Frame contains only the right view.
+ */
+ AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
+ */
+#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
+ * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStereo3D {
+ /**
+ * How views are packed within the video.
+ */
+ enum AVStereo3DType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Additional information about the frame packing.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Determines which views are packed.
+ */
+ enum AVStereo3DView view;
+} AVStereo3D;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
+ * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
+ *
+ * @param type The input stereo3d type value.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tea.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tea.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd929bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_tea_size;
+
+struct AVTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTEA context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
+ */
+void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/threadmessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42ce655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/threadmessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+
+typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
+
+typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
+
+ /**
+ * Perform non-blocking operation.
+ * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
+ * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
+ */
+ AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
+
+} AVThreadMessageFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new message queue.
+ *
+ * @param mq pointer to the message queue
+ * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue
+ * @param elsize size of each element in the queue
+ * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
+ * lavu was built without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
+ unsigned nelem,
+ unsigned elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a message queue.
+ *
+ * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
+
+/**
+ * Send a message on the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void *msg,
+ unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Receive a message from the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void *msg,
+ unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the sending error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
+ * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
+ * suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the receiving error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
+ * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
+ * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
+ * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
+ * operation is removing messages from the queue.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+ void (*free_func)(void *msg));
+
+/**
+ * Return the current number of messages in the queue.
+ *
+ * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
+ * without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+/**
+ * Flush the message queue
+ *
+ * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
+ * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
+ * reads).
+ */
+void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/time.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc169b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point.
+ * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock
+ * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time.
+ * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic
+ * clock is not available.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime_relative(void);
+
+/**
+ * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source
+ * is monotonic.
+ */
+int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void);
+
+/**
+ * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in
+ * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
+ * system timer.
+ *
+ * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
+ * @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
+ */
+int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timecode.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timecode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37c1361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timecode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Timecode helpers header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "rational.h"
+
+#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
+
+enum AVTimecodeFlag {
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
+ uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
+ AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form
+ unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
+} AVTimecode;
+
+/**
+ * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
+ *
+ * @param framenum frame number to adjust
+ * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60
+ * @return adjusted frame number
+ * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94
+ */
+int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps);
+
+/**
+ * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the SMPTE binary representation
+ *
+ * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
+ * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2().
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity
+ * correction (PC) bits are set to zero.
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Load timecode string in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ *
+ * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
+ * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ * is arbitrary
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ * (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param frame_start the first frame number
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate
+ *
+ * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timestamp.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timestamp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e082f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/timestamp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64)
+#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tree.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5e0aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/tree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A tree container.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TREE_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * Low-complexity tree container
+ *
+ * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and
+ * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+struct AVTreeNode;
+extern const int av_tree_node_size;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTreeNode.
+ */
+struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Find an element.
+ * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree
+ * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous
+ * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist,
+ * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
+ * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
+ * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
+ * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
+ * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
+ * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
+ * exists in the tree.
+ */
+void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key,
+ int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]);
+
+/**
+ * Insert or remove an element.
+ *
+ * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists.
+ * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless
+ * it already exists in the tree.
+ *
+ * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that
+ * the root node can change during insertions, this is required
+ * to keep the tree balanced.
+ * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree
+ * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user
+ * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least
+ * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to
+ * NULL if it has been consumed.
+ * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and
+ * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was
+ * used for the removed element.
+ * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have
+ * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements.
+ * You might want to define a function like:
+ * @code
+ * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b),
+ * AVTreeNode **next)
+ * {
+ * if (!*next)
+ * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size);
+ * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ * }
+ * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next))
+ * {
+ * av_freep(next);
+ * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical
+ * to that of Standard C's qsort
+ * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or
+ * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned.
+ * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You
+ * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code.
+ */
+void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b),
+ struct AVTreeNode **next);
+
+void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
+
+/**
+ * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
+ *
+ * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
+ * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
+ * element inside the range
+ *
+ * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the
+ * tree.
+ */
+void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque,
+ int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem),
+ int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem));
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/twofish.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/twofish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..813cfec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/twofish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_twofish_size;
+
+struct AVTWOFISH;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+ * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/version.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f6da6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Libavutil version macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup version_utils
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
+ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
+ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
+ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
+ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
+ *
+ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
+ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
+ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
+ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
+ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
+ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
+ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
+ * versions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
+
+/**
+ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
+ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
+ */
+#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
+#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
+#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 22
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI
+#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP
+#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
+#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
+#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS
+#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL
+#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/xtea.h b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/xtea.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..735427c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg.58.35.100/libavutil/xtea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVXTEA {
+ uint32_t key[16];
+} AVXTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVXTEA context.
+ */
+AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in big endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in little endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */
diff --git a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg_includes.gyp b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg_includes.gyp
index ef2977c..51e447c 100644
--- a/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg_includes.gyp
+++ b/src/third_party/ffmpeg_includes/ffmpeg_includes.gyp
@@ -35,5 +35,12 @@
'include_dirs': [ 'ffmpeg.57.107.100' ],
},
},
+ {
+ 'target_name': 'ffmpeg.58.35.100',
+ 'type': 'none',
+ 'direct_dependent_settings': {
+ 'include_dirs': [ 'ffmpeg.58.35.100' ],
+ },
+ },
],
}
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/config/milestone.txt.orig b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/config/milestone.txt.orig
deleted file mode 100644
index da9c934..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/config/milestone.txt.orig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-44.0a2
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/public/UbiNodeCensus.h.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/public/UbiNodeCensus.h.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index 070a25d..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/public/UbiNodeCensus.h.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
---- UbiNodeCensus.h
-+++ UbiNodeCensus.h
-@@ -4,16 +4,18 @@
- * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
- * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
-
- #ifndef js_UbiNodeCensus_h
- #define js_UbiNodeCensus_h
-
- #include "mozilla/Move.h"
-
-+#include "jsapi.h"
-+
- #include "js/UbiNode.h"
- #include "js/UbiNodeTraverse.h"
-
- // A census is a ubi::Node traversal that assigns each node to one or more
- // buckets, and returns a report with the size of each bucket.
- //
- // We summarize the results of a census with counts broken down according to
- // criteria selected by the API consumer code that is requesting the census. For
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/analyzeRoots.js.orig b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/analyzeRoots.js.orig
deleted file mode 100644
index 096c8c6..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/analyzeRoots.js.orig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,802 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 4 -*- */
-
-"use strict";
-
-loadRelativeToScript('utility.js');
-loadRelativeToScript('annotations.js');
-loadRelativeToScript('CFG.js');
-
-var sourceRoot = (os.getenv('SOURCE') || '') + '/'
-
-var functionName;
-var functionBodies;
-
-if (typeof scriptArgs[0] != 'string' || typeof scriptArgs[1] != 'string')
- throw "Usage: analyzeRoots.js [-f function_name] <gcFunctions.lst> <gcEdges.txt> <suppressedFunctions.lst> <gcTypes.txt> <typeInfo.txt> [start end [tmpfile]]";
-
-var theFunctionNameToFind;
-if (scriptArgs[0] == '--function') {
- theFunctionNameToFind = scriptArgs[1];
- scriptArgs = scriptArgs.slice(2);
-}
-
-var gcFunctionsFile = scriptArgs[0] || "gcFunctions.lst";
-var gcEdgesFile = scriptArgs[1] || "gcEdges.txt";
-var suppressedFunctionsFile = scriptArgs[2] || "suppressedFunctions.lst";
-var gcTypesFile = scriptArgs[3] || "gcTypes.txt";
-var typeInfoFile = scriptArgs[4] || "typeInfo.txt";
-var batch = (scriptArgs[5]|0) || 1;
-var numBatches = (scriptArgs[6]|0) || 1;
-var tmpfile = scriptArgs[7] || "tmp.txt";
-
-GCSuppressionTypes.push(...loadTypeInfo(typeInfoFile)["Suppress GC"]);
-
-var gcFunctions = {};
-var text = snarf("gcFunctions.lst").split("\n");
-assert(text.pop().length == 0);
-for (var line of text)
- gcFunctions[mangled(line)] = true;
-
-var suppressedFunctions = {};
-var text = snarf(suppressedFunctionsFile).split("\n");
-assert(text.pop().length == 0);
-for (var line of text) {
- suppressedFunctions[line] = true;
-}
-text = null;
-
-var gcEdges = {};
-text = snarf(gcEdgesFile).split('\n');
-assert(text.pop().length == 0);
-for (var line of text) {
- var [ block, edge, func ] = line.split(" || ");
- if (!(block in gcEdges))
- gcEdges[block] = {}
- gcEdges[block][edge] = func;
-}
-text = null;
-
-for (var line of readFileLines_gen(typeInfoFile)) {
- line = line.replace(/\n/, "");
- GCSuppressionTypes.push(line);
-}
-
-var match;
-var gcThings = {};
-var gcPointers = {};
-
-text = snarf(gcTypesFile).split("\n");
-for (var line of text) {
- if (match = /^GCThing: (.*)/.exec(line))
- gcThings[match[1]] = true;
- if (match = /^GCPointer: (.*)/.exec(line))
- gcPointers[match[1]] = true;
-}
-text = null;
-
-function isGCType(type)
-{
- if (type.Kind == "CSU")
- return type.Name in gcThings;
- else if (type.Kind == "Array")
- return isGCType(type.Type);
- return false;
-}
-
-function isUnrootedType(type)
-{
- if (type.Kind == "Pointer")
- return isGCType(type.Type);
- else if (type.Kind == "Array")
- return isUnrootedType(type.Type);
- else if (type.Kind == "CSU")
- return type.Name in gcPointers;
- else
- return false;
-}
-
-function expressionUsesVariable(exp, variable)
-{
- if (exp.Kind == "Var" && sameVariable(exp.Variable, variable))
- return true;
- if (!("Exp" in exp))
- return false;
- for (var childExp of exp.Exp) {
- if (expressionUsesVariable(childExp, variable))
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-function expressionUsesVariableContents(exp, variable)
-{
- if (!("Exp" in exp))
- return false;
- for (var childExp of exp.Exp) {
- if (childExp.Kind == 'Drf') {
- if (expressionUsesVariable(childExp, variable))
- return true;
- } else if (expressionUsesVariableContents(childExp, variable)) {
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-// Detect simple |return nullptr;| statements.
-function isReturningImmobileValue(edge, variable)
-{
- if (variable.Kind == "Return") {
- if (edge.Exp[0].Kind == "Var" && sameVariable(edge.Exp[0].Variable, variable)) {
- if (edge.Exp[1].Kind == "Int" && edge.Exp[1].String == "0") {
- return true;
- }
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-// If the edge uses the given variable, return the earliest point at which the
-// use is definite. Usually, that means the source of the edge (anything that
-// reaches that source point will end up using the variable, but there may be
-// other ways to reach the destination of the edge.)
-//
-// Return values are implicitly used at the very last point in the function.
-// This makes a difference: if an RAII class GCs in its destructor, we need to
-// start looking at the final point in the function, not one point back from
-// that, since that would skip over the GCing call.
-//
-function edgeUsesVariable(edge, variable, body)
-{
- if (ignoreEdgeUse(edge, variable, body))
- return 0;
-
- if (variable.Kind == "Return" && body.Index[1] == edge.Index[1] && body.BlockId.Kind == "Function")
- return edge.Index[1]; // Last point in function body uses the return value.
-
- var src = edge.Index[0];
-
- switch (edge.Kind) {
-
- case "Assign":
- if (isReturningImmobileValue(edge, variable))
- return 0;
- if (expressionUsesVariable(edge.Exp[0], variable))
- return src;
- return expressionUsesVariable(edge.Exp[1], variable) ? src : 0;
-
- case "Assume":
- return expressionUsesVariableContents(edge.Exp[0], variable) ? src : 0;
-
- case "Call":
- if (expressionUsesVariable(edge.Exp[0], variable))
- return src;
- if (1 in edge.Exp && expressionUsesVariable(edge.Exp[1], variable))
- return src;
- if ("PEdgeCallInstance" in edge) {
- if (expressionUsesVariable(edge.PEdgeCallInstance.Exp, variable))
- return src;
- }
- if ("PEdgeCallArguments" in edge) {
- for (var exp of edge.PEdgeCallArguments.Exp) {
- if (expressionUsesVariable(exp, variable))
- return src;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-
- case "Loop":
- return 0;
-
- default:
- assert(false);
- }
-}
-
-function expressionIsVariableAddress(exp, variable)
-{
- while (exp.Kind == "Fld")
- exp = exp.Exp[0];
- return exp.Kind == "Var" && sameVariable(exp.Variable, variable);
-}
-
-function edgeTakesVariableAddress(edge, variable, body)
-{
- if (ignoreEdgeUse(edge, variable, body))
- return false;
- if (ignoreEdgeAddressTaken(edge))
- return false;
- switch (edge.Kind) {
- case "Assign":
- return expressionIsVariableAddress(edge.Exp[1], variable);
- case "Call":
- if ("PEdgeCallArguments" in edge) {
- for (var exp of edge.PEdgeCallArguments.Exp) {
- if (expressionIsVariableAddress(exp, variable))
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-function edgeKillsVariable(edge, variable)
-{
- // Direct assignments kill their lhs: var = value
- if (edge.Kind == "Assign") {
- var lhs = edge.Exp[0];
- if (lhs.Kind == "Var" && sameVariable(lhs.Variable, variable))
- return !isReturningImmobileValue(edge, variable);
- }
-
- if (edge.Kind != "Call")
- return false;
-
- // Assignments of call results kill their lhs.
- if (1 in edge.Exp) {
- var lhs = edge.Exp[1];
- if (lhs.Kind == "Var" && sameVariable(lhs.Variable, variable))
- return true;
- }
-
- // Constructor calls kill their 'this' value.
- if ("PEdgeCallInstance" in edge) {
- do {
- var instance = edge.PEdgeCallInstance.Exp;
-
- // Kludge around incorrect dereference on some constructor calls.
- if (instance.Kind == "Drf")
- instance = instance.Exp[0];
-
- if (instance.Kind != "Var" || !sameVariable(instance.Variable, variable))
- break;
-
- var callee = edge.Exp[0];
- if (callee.Kind != "Var")
- break;
-
- assert(callee.Variable.Kind == "Func");
- var calleeName = readable(callee.Variable.Name[0]);
-
- // Constructor calls include the text 'Name::Name(' or 'Name<...>::Name('.
- var openParen = calleeName.indexOf('(');
- if (openParen < 0)
- break;
- calleeName = calleeName.substring(0, openParen);
-
- var lastColon = calleeName.lastIndexOf('::');
- if (lastColon < 0)
- break;
- var constructorName = calleeName.substr(lastColon + 2);
- calleeName = calleeName.substr(0, lastColon);
-
- var lastTemplateOpen = calleeName.lastIndexOf('<');
- if (lastTemplateOpen >= 0)
- calleeName = calleeName.substr(0, lastTemplateOpen);
-
- if (calleeName.endsWith(constructorName))
- return true;
- } while (false);
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-function edgeCanGC(edge)
-{
- if (edge.Kind != "Call")
- return false;
-
- var callee = edge.Exp[0];
-
- while (callee.Kind == "Drf")
- callee = callee.Exp[0];
-
- if (callee.Kind == "Var") {
- var variable = callee.Variable;
-
- if (variable.Kind == "Func") {
- var callee = mangled(variable.Name[0]);
- if ((callee in gcFunctions) || ((callee + internalMarker) in gcFunctions))
- return "'" + variable.Name[0] + "'";
- return null;
- }
-
- var varName = variable.Name[0];
- return indirectCallCannotGC(functionName, varName) ? null : "*" + varName;
- }
-
- if (callee.Kind == "Fld") {
- var field = callee.Field;
- var csuName = field.FieldCSU.Type.Name;
- var fullFieldName = csuName + "." + field.Name[0];
- if (fieldCallCannotGC(csuName, fullFieldName))
- return null;
- return (fullFieldName in suppressedFunctions) ? null : fullFieldName;
- }
-}
-
-// Search recursively through predecessors from a variable use, returning
-// whether a GC call is reachable (in the reverse direction; this means that
-// the variable use is reachable from the GC call, and therefore the variable
-// is live after the GC call), along with some additional information. What
-// info we want depends on whether the variable turns out to be live across any
-// GC call. We are looking for both hazards (unrooted variables live across GC
-// calls) and unnecessary roots (rooted variables that have no GC calls in
-// their live ranges.)
-//
-// If not:
-//
-// - 'minimumUse': the earliest point in each body that uses the variable, for
-// reporting on unnecessary roots.
-//
-// If so:
-//
-// - 'why': a path from the GC call to a use of the variable after the GC
-// call, chained through a 'why' field in the returned edge descriptor
-//
-// - 'gcInfo': a direct pointer to the GC call edge
-//
-function findGCBeforeVariableUse(start_body, start_point, suppressed, variable)
-{
- // Scan through all edges preceding an unrooted variable use, using an
- // explicit worklist, looking for a GC call. A worklist contains an
- // incoming edge together with a description of where it or one of its
- // successors GC'd (if any).
-
- var bodies_visited = new Map();
-
- let worklist = [{body: start_body, ppoint: start_point, preGCLive: false, gcInfo: null, why: null}];
- while (worklist.length) {
- // Grab an entry off of the worklist, representing a point within the
- // CFG identified by <body,ppoint>. If this point has a descendant
- // later in the CFG that can GC, gcInfo will be set to the information
- // about that GC call.
-
- var entry = worklist.pop();
- var { body, ppoint, gcInfo, preGCLive } = entry;
-
- // Handle the case where there are multiple ways to reach this point
- // (traversing backwards).
- var visited = bodies_visited.get(body);
- if (!visited)
- bodies_visited.set(body, visited = new Map());
- if (visited.has(ppoint)) {
- var seenEntry = visited.get(ppoint);
-
- // This point already knows how to GC through some other path, so
- // we have nothing new to learn. (The other path will consider the
- // predecessors.)
- if (seenEntry.gcInfo)
- continue;
-
- // If this worklist's entry doesn't know of any way to GC, then
- // there's no point in continuing the traversal through it. Perhaps
- // another edge will be found that *can* GC; otherwise, the first
- // route to the point will traverse through predecessors.
- //
- // Note that this means we may visit a point more than once, if the
- // first time we visit we don't have a known reachable GC call and
- // the second time we do.
- if (!gcInfo)
- continue;
- }
- visited.set(ppoint, {body: body, gcInfo: gcInfo});
-
- // Check for hitting the entry point of the current body (which may be
- // the outer function or a loop within it.)
- if (ppoint == body.Index[0]) {
- if (body.BlockId.Kind == "Loop") {
- // Propagate to outer body parents that enter the loop body.
- if ("BlockPPoint" in body) {
- for (var parent of body.BlockPPoint) {
- var found = false;
- for (var xbody of functionBodies) {
- if (sameBlockId(xbody.BlockId, parent.BlockId)) {
- assert(!found);
- found = true;
- worklist.push({body: xbody, ppoint: parent.Index,
- gcInfo: gcInfo, why: entry});
- }
- }
- assert(found);
- }
- }
- } else if (variable.Kind == "Arg" && gcInfo) {
- // The scope of arguments starts at the beginning of the
- // function
- return entry;
- } else if (entry.preGCLive) {
- // We didn't find a "good" explanation beginning of the live
- // range, but we do know the variable was live across the GC.
- // This can happen if the live range started when a variable is
- // used as a retparam.
- return entry;
- }
- }
-
- var predecessors = getPredecessors(body);
- if (!(ppoint in predecessors))
- continue;
-
- for (var edge of predecessors[ppoint]) {
- var source = edge.Index[0];
-
- var edge_kills = edgeKillsVariable(edge, variable);
- var edge_uses = edgeUsesVariable(edge, variable, body);
-
- if (edge_kills || edge_uses) {
- if (!body.minimumUse || source < body.minimumUse)
- body.minimumUse = source;
- }
-
- if (edge_kills) {
- // This is a beginning of the variable's live range. If we can
- // reach a GC call from here, then we're done -- we have a path
- // from the beginning of the live range, through the GC call,
- // to a use after the GC call that proves its live range
- // extends at least that far.
- if (gcInfo)
- return {body: body, ppoint: source, gcInfo: gcInfo, why: entry };
-
- // Otherwise, keep searching through the graph, but truncate
- // this particular branch of the search at this edge.
- continue;
- }
-
- var src_gcInfo = gcInfo;
- var src_preGCLive = preGCLive;
- if (!gcInfo && !(source in body.suppressed) && !suppressed) {
- var gcName = edgeCanGC(edge, body);
- if (gcName)
- src_gcInfo = {name:gcName, body:body, ppoint:source};
- }
-
- if (edge_uses) {
- // The live range starts at least this far back, so we're done
- // for the same reason as with edge_kills. The only difference
- // is that a GC on this edge indicates a hazard, whereas if
- // we're killing a live range in the GC call then it's not live
- // *across* the call.
- //
- // However, we may want to generate a longer usage chain for
- // the variable than is minimally necessary. For example,
- // consider:
- //
- // Value v = f();
- // if (v.isUndefined())
- // return false;
- // gc();
- // return v;
- //
- // The call to .isUndefined() is considered to be a use and
- // therefore indicates that v must be live at that point. But
- // it's more helpful to the user to continue the 'why' path to
- // include the ancestor where the value was generated. So we
- // will only return here if edge.Kind is Assign; otherwise,
- // we'll pass a "preGCLive" value up through the worklist to
- // remember that the variable *is* alive before the GC and so
- // this function should be returning a true value.
-
- if (src_gcInfo) {
- src_preGCLive = true;
- if (edge.Kind == 'Assign')
- return {body:body, ppoint:source, gcInfo:src_gcInfo, why:entry};
- }
- }
-
- if (edge.Kind == "Loop") {
- // Additionally propagate the search into a loop body, starting
- // with the exit point.
- var found = false;
- for (var xbody of functionBodies) {
- if (sameBlockId(xbody.BlockId, edge.BlockId)) {
- assert(!found);
- found = true;
- worklist.push({body:xbody, ppoint:xbody.Index[1],
- preGCLive: src_preGCLive, gcInfo:src_gcInfo,
- why:entry});
- }
- }
- assert(found);
- break;
- }
-
- // Propagate the search to the predecessors of this edge.
- worklist.push({body:body, ppoint:source,
- preGCLive: src_preGCLive, gcInfo:src_gcInfo,
- why:entry});
- }
- }
-
- return null;
-}
-
-function variableLiveAcrossGC(suppressed, variable)
-{
- // A variable is live across a GC if (1) it is used by an edge (as in, it
- // was at least initialized), and (2) it is used after a GC in a successor
- // edge.
-
- for (var body of functionBodies)
- body.minimumUse = 0;
-
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- if (!("PEdge" in body))
- continue;
- for (var edge of body.PEdge) {
- var usePoint = edgeUsesVariable(edge, variable, body);
- // Example for !edgeKillsVariable:
- //
- // JSObject* obj = NewObject();
- // cangc();
- // obj = NewObject(); <-- uses 'obj', but kills previous value
- //
- if (usePoint && !edgeKillsVariable(edge, variable)) {
- // Found a use, possibly after a GC.
- var call = findGCBeforeVariableUse(body, usePoint, suppressed, variable);
- if (!call)
- continue;
-
- call.afterGCUse = usePoint;
- return call;
- }
- }
- }
- return null;
-}
-
-// An unrooted variable has its address stored in another variable via
-// assignment, or passed into a function that can GC. If the address is
-// assigned into some other variable, we can't track it to see if it is held
-// live across a GC. If it is passed into a function that can GC, then it's
-// sort of like a Handle to an unrooted location, and the callee could GC
-// before overwriting it or rooting it.
-function unsafeVariableAddressTaken(suppressed, variable)
-{
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- if (!("PEdge" in body))
- continue;
- for (var edge of body.PEdge) {
- if (edgeTakesVariableAddress(edge, variable, body)) {
- if (edge.Kind == "Assign" || (!suppressed && edgeCanGC(edge)))
- return {body:body, ppoint:edge.Index[0]};
- }
- }
- }
- return null;
-}
-
-// Read out the brief (non-JSON, semi-human-readable) CFG description for the
-// given function and store it.
-function loadPrintedLines(functionName)
-{
- assert(!os.system("xdbfind src_body.xdb '" + functionName + "' > " + tmpfile));
- var lines = snarf(tmpfile).split('\n');
-
- for (var body of functionBodies)
- body.lines = [];
-
- // Distribute lines of output to the block they originate from.
- var currentBody = null;
- for (var line of lines) {
- if (/^block:/.test(line)) {
- if (match = /:(loop#[\d#]+)/.exec(line)) {
- var loop = match[1];
- var found = false;
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- if (body.BlockId.Kind == "Loop" && body.BlockId.Loop == loop) {
- assert(!found);
- found = true;
- currentBody = body;
- }
- }
- assert(found);
- } else {
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- if (body.BlockId.Kind == "Function")
- currentBody = body;
- }
- }
- }
- if (currentBody)
- currentBody.lines.push(line);
- }
-}
-
-function findLocation(body, ppoint, opts={brief: false})
-{
- var location = body.PPoint[ppoint - 1].Location;
- var file = location.CacheString;
-
- if (file.indexOf(sourceRoot) == 0)
- file = file.substring(sourceRoot.length);
-
- if (opts.brief) {
- var m = /.*\/(.*)/.exec(file);
- if (m)
- file = m[1];
- }
-
- return file + ":" + location.Line;
-}
-
-function locationLine(text)
-{
- if (match = /:(\d+)$/.exec(text))
- return match[1];
- return 0;
-}
-
-function printEntryTrace(functionName, entry)
-{
- var gcPoint = entry.gcInfo ? entry.gcInfo.ppoint : 0;
-
- if (!functionBodies[0].lines)
- loadPrintedLines(functionName);
-
- while (entry) {
- var ppoint = entry.ppoint;
- var lineText = findLocation(entry.body, ppoint, {"brief": true});
-
- var edgeText = "";
- if (entry.why && entry.why.body == entry.body) {
- // If the next point in the trace is in the same block, look for an edge between them.
- var next = entry.why.ppoint;
-
- if (!entry.body.edgeTable) {
- var table = {};
- entry.body.edgeTable = table;
- for (var line of entry.body.lines) {
- if (match = /\((\d+,\d+),/.exec(line))
- table[match[1]] = line; // May be multiple?
- }
- }
-
- edgeText = entry.body.edgeTable[ppoint + "," + next];
- assert(edgeText);
- if (ppoint == gcPoint)
- edgeText += " [[GC call]]";
- } else {
- // Look for any outgoing edge from the chosen point.
- for (var line of entry.body.lines) {
- if (match = /\((\d+),/.exec(line)) {
- if (match[1] == ppoint) {
- edgeText = line;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (ppoint == entry.body.Index[1] && entry.body.BlockId.Kind == "Function")
- edgeText += " [[end of function]]";
- }
-
- print(" " + lineText + (edgeText.length ? ": " + edgeText : ""));
- entry = entry.why;
- }
-}
-
-function isRootedType(type)
-{
- return type.Kind == "CSU" && isRootedTypeName(type.Name);
-}
-
-function typeDesc(type)
-{
- if (type.Kind == "CSU") {
- return type.Name;
- } else if ('Type' in type) {
- var inner = typeDesc(type.Type);
- if (type.Kind == 'Pointer')
- return inner + '*';
- else if (type.Kind == 'Array')
- return inner + '[]';
- else
- return inner + '?';
- } else {
- return '???';
- }
-}
-
-function processBodies(functionName)
-{
- if (!("DefineVariable" in functionBodies[0]))
- return;
- var suppressed = (mangled(functionName) in suppressedFunctions);
- for (var variable of functionBodies[0].DefineVariable) {
- var name;
- if (variable.Variable.Kind == "This")
- name = "this";
- else if (variable.Variable.Kind == "Return")
- name = "<returnvalue>";
- else
- name = variable.Variable.Name[0];
-
- if (isRootedType(variable.Type)) {
- if (!variableLiveAcrossGC(suppressed, variable.Variable)) {
- // The earliest use of the variable should be its constructor.
- var lineText;
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- if (body.minimumUse) {
- var text = findLocation(body, body.minimumUse);
- if (!lineText || locationLine(lineText) > locationLine(text))
- lineText = text;
- }
- }
- print("\nFunction '" + functionName + "'" +
- " has unnecessary root '" + name + "' at " + lineText);
- }
- } else if (isUnrootedType(variable.Type)) {
- var result = variableLiveAcrossGC(suppressed, variable.Variable);
- if (result) {
- var lineText = findLocation(result.gcInfo.body, result.gcInfo.ppoint);
- print("\nFunction '" + functionName + "'" +
- " has unrooted '" + name + "'" +
- " of type '" + typeDesc(variable.Type) + "'" +
- " live across GC call " + result.gcInfo.name +
- " at " + lineText);
- printEntryTrace(functionName, result);
- }
- result = unsafeVariableAddressTaken(suppressed, variable.Variable);
- if (result) {
- var lineText = findLocation(result.body, result.ppoint);
- print("\nFunction '" + functionName + "'" +
- " takes unsafe address of unrooted '" + name + "'" +
- " at " + lineText);
- printEntryTrace(functionName, {body:result.body, ppoint:result.ppoint});
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-if (batch == 1)
- print("Time: " + new Date);
-
-var xdb = xdbLibrary();
-xdb.open("src_body.xdb");
-
-var minStream = xdb.min_data_stream()|0;
-var maxStream = xdb.max_data_stream()|0;
-
-var N = (maxStream - minStream) + 1;
-var start = Math.floor((batch - 1) / numBatches * N) + minStream;
-var start_next = Math.floor(batch / numBatches * N) + minStream;
-var end = start_next - 1;
-
-function process(name, json) {
- functionName = name;
- functionBodies = JSON.parse(json);
-
- for (var body of functionBodies)
- body.suppressed = [];
- for (var body of functionBodies) {
- for (var [pbody, id] of allRAIIGuardedCallPoints(functionBodies, body, isSuppressConstructor))
- pbody.suppressed[id] = true;
- }
- processBodies(functionName);
-}
-
-if (theFunctionNameToFind) {
- var data = xdb.read_entry(theFunctionNameToFind);
- var json = data.readString();
- process(theFunctionNameToFind, json);
- xdb.free_string(data);
- quit(0);
-}
-
-for (var nameIndex = start; nameIndex <= end; nameIndex++) {
- var name = xdb.read_key(nameIndex);
- var functionName = name.readString();
- var data = xdb.read_entry(name);
- xdb.free_string(name);
- var json = data.readString();
- try {
- process(functionName, json);
- } catch (e) {
- printErr("Exception caught while handling " + functionName);
- throw(e);
- }
- xdb.free_string(data);
-}
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/annotations.js.orig b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/annotations.js.orig
deleted file mode 100644
index 671f797..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/devtools/rootAnalysis/annotations.js.orig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil; js-indent-level: 4 -*- */
-
-"use strict";
-
-// RAII types within which we should assume GC is suppressed, eg
-// AutoSuppressGC.
-var GCSuppressionTypes = [];
-
-// Ignore calls made through these function pointers
-var ignoreIndirectCalls = {
- "mallocSizeOf" : true,
- "aMallocSizeOf" : true,
- "_malloc_message" : true,
- "je_malloc_message" : true,
- "chunk_dalloc" : true,
- "chunk_alloc" : true,
- "__conv" : true,
- "__convf" : true,
- "prerrortable.c:callback_newtable" : true,
- "mozalloc_oom.cpp:void (* gAbortHandler)(size_t)" : true,
-};
-
-function indirectCallCannotGC(fullCaller, fullVariable)
-{
- var caller = readable(fullCaller);
-
- // This is usually a simple variable name, but sometimes a full name gets
- // passed through. And sometimes that name is truncated. Examples:
- // _ZL13gAbortHandler|mozalloc_oom.cpp:void (* gAbortHandler)(size_t)
- // _ZL14pMutexUnlockFn|umutex.cpp:void (* pMutexUnlockFn)(const void*
- var name = readable(fullVariable);
-
- if (name in ignoreIndirectCalls)
- return true;
-
- if (name == "mapper" && caller == "ptio.c:pt_MapError")
- return true;
-
- if (name == "params" && caller == "PR_ExplodeTime")
- return true;
-
- if (name == "op" && /GetWeakmapKeyDelegate/.test(caller))
- return true;
-
- // hook called during script finalization which cannot GC.
- if (/CallDestroyScriptHook/.test(caller))
- return true;
-
- // template method called during marking and hence cannot GC
- if (name == "op" && caller.indexOf("bool js::WeakMap<Key, Value, HashPolicy>::keyNeedsMark(JSObject*)") != -1)
- {
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-// Ignore calls through functions pointers with these types
-var ignoreClasses = {
- "JSStringFinalizer" : true,
- "SprintfState" : true,
- "SprintfStateStr" : true,
- "JSLocaleCallbacks" : true,
- "JSC::ExecutableAllocator" : true,
- "PRIOMethods": true,
- "XPCOMFunctions" : true, // I'm a little unsure of this one
- "_MD_IOVector" : true,
- "malloc_table_t": true, // replace_malloc
- "malloc_hook_table_t": true, // replace_malloc
-};
-
-// Ignore calls through TYPE.FIELD, where TYPE is the class or struct name containing
-// a function pointer field named FIELD.
-var ignoreCallees = {
- "js::Class.trace" : true,
- "js::Class.finalize" : true,
- "JSRuntime.destroyPrincipals" : true,
- "icu_50::UObject.__deleting_dtor" : true, // destructors in ICU code can't cause GC
- "mozilla::CycleCollectedJSRuntime.DescribeCustomObjects" : true, // During tracing, cannot GC.
- "mozilla::CycleCollectedJSRuntime.NoteCustomGCThingXPCOMChildren" : true, // During tracing, cannot GC.
- "PLDHashTableOps.hashKey" : true,
- "z_stream_s.zfree" : true,
- "z_stream_s.zalloc" : true,
- "GrGLInterface.fCallback" : true,
- "std::strstreambuf._M_alloc_fun" : true,
- "std::strstreambuf._M_free_fun" : true,
- "struct js::gc::Callback<void (*)(JSRuntime*, void*)>.op" : true,
-};
-
-function fieldCallCannotGC(csu, fullfield)
-{
- if (csu in ignoreClasses)
- return true;
- if (fullfield in ignoreCallees)
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-function ignoreEdgeUse(edge, variable, body)
-{
- // Horrible special case for ignoring a false positive in xptcstubs: there
- // is a local variable 'paramBuffer' holding an array of nsXPTCMiniVariant
- // on the stack, which appears to be live across a GC call because its
- // constructor is called when the array is initialized, even though the
- // constructor is a no-op. So we'll do a very narrow exclusion for the use
- // that incorrectly started the live range, which was basically "__temp_1 =
- // paramBuffer".
- //
- // By scoping it so narrowly, we can detect most hazards that would be
- // caused by modifications in the PrepareAndDispatch code. It just barely
- // avoids having a hazard already.
- if (('Name' in variable) && (variable.Name[0] == 'paramBuffer')) {
- if (body.BlockId.Kind == 'Function' && body.BlockId.Variable.Name[0] == 'PrepareAndDispatch')
- if (edge.Kind == 'Assign' && edge.Type.Kind == 'Pointer')
- if (edge.Exp[0].Kind == 'Var' && edge.Exp[1].Kind == 'Var')
- if (edge.Exp[1].Variable.Kind == 'Local' && edge.Exp[1].Variable.Name[0] == 'paramBuffer')
- return true;
- }
-
- // Functions which should not be treated as using variable.
- if (edge.Kind == "Call") {
- var callee = edge.Exp[0];
- if (callee.Kind == "Var") {
- var name = callee.Variable.Name[0];
- if (/~DebugOnly/.test(name))
- return true;
- if (/~ScopedThreadSafeStringInspector/.test(name))
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-function ignoreEdgeAddressTaken(edge)
-{
- // Functions which may take indirect pointers to unrooted GC things,
- // but will copy them into rooted locations before calling anything
- // that can GC. These parameters should usually be replaced with
- // handles or mutable handles.
- if (edge.Kind == "Call") {
- var callee = edge.Exp[0];
- if (callee.Kind == "Var") {
- var name = callee.Variable.Name[0];
- if (/js::Invoke\(/.test(name))
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-// Return whether csu.method is one that we claim can never GC.
-function isSuppressedVirtualMethod(csu, method)
-{
- return csu == "nsISupports" && (method == "AddRef" || method == "Release");
-}
-
-// Ignore calls of these functions (so ignore any stack containing these)
-var ignoreFunctions = {
- "ptio.c:pt_MapError" : true,
- "je_malloc_printf" : true,
- "PR_ExplodeTime" : true,
- "PR_ErrorInstallTable" : true,
- "PR_SetThreadPrivate" : true,
- "JSObject* js::GetWeakmapKeyDelegate(JSObject*)" : true, // FIXME: mark with AutoSuppressGCAnalysis instead
- "uint8 NS_IsMainThread()" : true,
-
- // Has an indirect call under it by the name "__f", which seemed too
- // generic to ignore by itself.
- "void* std::_Locale_impl::~_Locale_impl(int32)" : true,
-
- // Bug 1056410 - devirtualization prevents the standard nsISupports::Release heuristic from working
- "uint32 nsXPConnect::Release()" : true,
-
- // FIXME!
- "NS_LogInit": true,
- "NS_LogTerm": true,
- "NS_LogAddRef": true,
- "NS_LogRelease": true,
- "NS_LogCtor": true,
- "NS_LogDtor": true,
- "NS_LogCOMPtrAddRef": true,
- "NS_LogCOMPtrRelease": true,
-
- // FIXME!
- "NS_DebugBreak": true,
-
- // These are a little overzealous -- these destructors *can* GC if they end
- // up wrapping a pending exception. See bug 898815 for the heavyweight fix.
- "void js::AutoCompartment::~AutoCompartment(int32)" : true,
- "void JSAutoCompartment::~JSAutoCompartment(int32)" : true,
-
- // Bug 948646 - the only thing AutoJSContext's constructor calls
- // is an Init() routine whose entire body is covered with an
- // AutoSuppressGCAnalysis. AutoSafeJSContext is the same thing, just with
- // a different value for the 'aSafe' parameter.
- "void mozilla::AutoJSContext::AutoJSContext(mozilla::detail::GuardObjectNotifier*)" : true,
- "void mozilla::AutoSafeJSContext::~AutoSafeJSContext(int32)" : true,
-
- // And these are workarounds to avoid even more analysis work,
- // which would sadly still be needed even with bug 898815.
- "void js::AutoCompartment::AutoCompartment(js::ExclusiveContext*, JSCompartment*)": true,
-
- // The nsScriptNameSpaceManager functions can't actually GC. They
- // just use a PLDHashTable which has function pointers, which makes the
- // analysis think maybe they can.
- "nsGlobalNameStruct* nsScriptNameSpaceManager::LookupNavigatorName(nsAString_internal*)": true,
- "nsGlobalNameStruct* nsScriptNameSpaceManager::LookupName(nsAString_internal*, uint16**)": true,
-
- // Similar to heap snapshot mock classes, and GTests below. This posts a
- // synchronous runnable when a GTest fails, and we are pretty sure that the
- // particular runnable it posts can't even GC, but the analysis isn't
- // currently smart enough to determine that. In either case, this is (a)
- // only in GTests, and (b) only when the Gtest has already failed. We have
- // static and dynamic checks for no GC in the non-test code, and in the test
- // code we fall back to only the dynamic checks.
- "void test::RingbufferDumper::OnTestPartResult(testing::TestPartResult*)" : true,
-
- "float64 JS_GetCurrentEmbedderTime()" : true,
-
- "uint64 js::TenuringTracer::moveObjectToTenured(JSObject*, JSObject*, int32)" : true,
- "uint32 js::TenuringTracer::moveObjectToTenured(JSObject*, JSObject*, int32)" : true,
-};
-
-function isProtobuf(name)
-{
- return name.match(/\bgoogle::protobuf\b/) ||
- name.match(/\bmozilla::devtools::protobuf\b/);
-}
-
-function isHeapSnapshotMockClass(name)
-{
- return name.match(/\bMockWriter\b/) ||
- name.match(/\bMockDeserializedNode\b/);
-}
-
-function isGTest(name)
-{
- return name.match(/\btesting::/);
-}
-
-function ignoreGCFunction(mangled)
-{
- assert(mangled in readableNames);
- var fun = readableNames[mangled][0];
-
- if (fun in ignoreFunctions)
- return true;
-
- // The protobuf library, and [de]serialization code generated by the
- // protobuf compiler, uses a _ton_ of function pointers but they are all
- // internal. Easiest to just ignore that mess here.
- if (isProtobuf(fun))
- return true;
-
- // Ignore anything that goes through heap snapshot GTests or mocked classes
- // used in heap snapshot GTests. GTest and GMock expose a lot of virtual
- // methods and function pointers that could potentially GC after an
- // assertion has already failed (depending on user-provided code), but don't
- // exhibit that behavior currently. For non-test code, we have dynamic and
- // static checks that ensure we don't GC. However, for test code we opt out
- // of static checks here, because of the above stated GMock/GTest issues,
- // and rely on only the dynamic checks provided by AutoAssertCannotGC.
- if (isHeapSnapshotMockClass(fun) || isGTest(fun))
- return true;
-
- // Templatized function
- if (fun.indexOf("void nsCOMPtr<T>::Assert_NoQueryNeeded()") >= 0)
- return true;
-
- // These call through an 'op' function pointer.
- if (fun.indexOf("js::WeakMap<Key, Value, HashPolicy>::getDelegate(") >= 0)
- return true;
-
- // XXX modify refillFreeList<NoGC> to not need data flow analysis to understand it cannot GC.
- if (/refillFreeList/.test(fun) && /\(js::AllowGC\)0u/.test(fun))
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-function stripUCSAndNamespace(name)
-{
- name = name.replace(/(struct|class|union|const) /g, "");
- name = name.replace(/(js::ctypes::|js::|JS::|mozilla::dom::|mozilla::)/g, "");
- return name;
-}
-
-function isRootedGCTypeName(name)
-{
- return (name == "JSAddonId");
-}
-
-function isRootedGCPointerTypeName(name)
-{
- name = stripUCSAndNamespace(name);
-
- if (name.startsWith('MaybeRooted<'))
- return /\(js::AllowGC\)1u>::RootType/.test(name);
-
- if (name == "ErrorResult" ||
- name == "JSErrorResult" ||
- name == "WrappableJSErrorResult" ||
- name == "frontend::TokenStream" ||
- name == "frontend::TokenStream::Position" ||
- name == "ModuleValidator")
- {
- return true;
- }
-
- return name.startsWith('Rooted') || name.startsWith('PersistentRooted');
-}
-
-function isRootedTypeName(name)
-{
- return isRootedGCTypeName(name) || isRootedGCPointerTypeName(name);
-}
-
-function isUnsafeStorage(typeName)
-{
- typeName = stripUCSAndNamespace(typeName);
- return typeName.startsWith('UniquePtr<');
-}
-
-function isSuppressConstructor(funcName)
-{
- let [ qualifiedFunction, unqualifiedFunction ] = funcName;
- let [ mangled, unmangled ] = splitFunction(qualifiedFunction);
- if (!mangled.match(/C\dE/))
- return false; // Constructors have C1E (or C4E etc.) in their mangled names
- let m = unmangled.match(/((\w+)(<.*>)?)::\2\(/); // Foo<T>::Foo
- if (!m)
- return false;
- let classType = m[1]; // Foo<T>
- for (let type of GCSuppressionTypes) {
- // type is something like class js::Foo<T>
- if (type.endsWith(classType)) {
- // Screen out js::OtherFoo
- if (type == classType || type.endsWith("::" + classType) || type.endsWith(" " + classType))
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-// nsISupports subclasses' methods may be scriptable (or overridden
-// via binary XPCOM), and so may GC. But some fields just aren't going
-// to get overridden with something that can GC.
-function isOverridableField(initialCSU, csu, field)
-{
- if (csu != 'nsISupports')
- return false;
- if (field == 'GetCurrentJSContext')
- return false;
- if (field == 'IsOnCurrentThread')
- return false;
- if (field == 'GetNativeContext')
- return false;
- if (field == "GetGlobalJSObject")
- return false;
- if (field == "GetIsMainThread")
- return false;
- if (initialCSU == 'nsIXPConnectJSObjectHolder' && field == 'GetJSObject')
- return false;
- if (initialCSU == 'nsIXPConnect' && field == 'GetSafeJSContext')
- return false;
- if (initialCSU == 'nsIScriptContext') {
- if (field == 'GetWindowProxy' || field == 'GetWindowProxyPreserveColor')
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-function listNonGCPointers() {
- return [
- // Safe only because jsids are currently only made from pinned strings.
- 'NPIdentifier',
- ];
-}
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/frontend/BytecodeCompiler.cpp.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/frontend/BytecodeCompiler.cpp.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index b4299cb..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/frontend/BytecodeCompiler.cpp.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
---- BytecodeCompiler.cpp
-+++ BytecodeCompiler.cpp
-@@ -22,16 +22,36 @@
-
- #include "frontend/Parser-inl.h"
- #include "vm/ScopeObject-inl.h"
-
- using namespace js;
- using namespace js::frontend;
- using mozilla::Maybe;
-
-+class MOZ_STACK_CLASS AutoCompilationTraceLogger
-+{
-+ public:
-+ AutoCompilationTraceLogger(ExclusiveContext* cx, const TraceLoggerTextId id);
-+
-+ private:
-+ TraceLoggerThread* logger;
-+ TraceLoggerEvent event;
-+ AutoTraceLog scriptLogger;
-+ AutoTraceLog typeLogger;
-+};
-+
-+AutoCompilationTraceLogger::AutoCompilationTraceLogger(ExclusiveContext* cx, const TraceLoggerTextId id)
-+ : logger(cx->isJSContext() ? TraceLoggerForMainThread(cx->asJSContext()->runtime())
-+ : TraceLoggerForCurrentThread()),
-+ event(logger, TraceLogger_AnnotateScripts),
-+ scriptLogger(logger, event),
-+ typeLogger(logger, id)
-+{}
-+
- static bool
- CheckLength(ExclusiveContext* cx, SourceBufferHolder& srcBuf)
- {
- // Note this limit is simply so we can store sourceStart and sourceEnd in
- // JSScript as 32-bits. It could be lifted fairly easily, since the compiler
- // is using size_t internally already.
- if (srcBuf.length() > UINT32_MAX) {
- if (cx->isJSContext())
-@@ -218,24 +238,17 @@ frontend::CompileScript(ExclusiveContext
- JSString* source_ /* = nullptr */,
- unsigned staticLevel /* = 0 */,
- SourceCompressionTask* extraSct /* = nullptr */)
- {
- MOZ_ASSERT(srcBuf.get());
-
- RootedString source(cx, source_);
-
-- js::TraceLoggerThread* logger = nullptr;
-- if (cx->isJSContext())
-- logger = TraceLoggerForMainThread(cx->asJSContext()->runtime());
-- else
-- logger = TraceLoggerForCurrentThread();
-- js::TraceLoggerEvent event(logger, TraceLogger_AnnotateScripts, options);
-- js::AutoTraceLog scriptLogger(logger, event);
-- js::AutoTraceLog typeLogger(logger, TraceLogger_ParserCompileScript);
-+ AutoCompilationTraceLogger traceLogger(cx, TraceLogger_ParserCompileScript);
-
- /*
- * The scripted callerFrame can only be given for compile-and-go scripts
- * and non-zero static level requires callerFrame.
- */
- MOZ_ASSERT_IF(evalCaller, options.isRunOnce);
- MOZ_ASSERT_IF(evalCaller, options.forEval);
- MOZ_ASSERT_IF(evalCaller && evalCaller->strict(), options.strictOption);
-@@ -467,20 +480,17 @@ frontend::CompileLazyFunction(JSContext*
-
- CompileOptions options(cx, lazy->version());
- options.setMutedErrors(lazy->mutedErrors())
- .setFileAndLine(lazy->filename(), lazy->lineno())
- .setColumn(lazy->column())
- .setNoScriptRval(false)
- .setSelfHostingMode(false);
-
-- js::TraceLoggerThread* logger = js::TraceLoggerForMainThread(cx->runtime());
-- js::TraceLoggerEvent event(logger, TraceLogger_AnnotateScripts, options);
-- js::AutoTraceLog scriptLogger(logger, event);
-- js::AutoTraceLog typeLogger(logger, TraceLogger_ParserCompileLazy);
-+ AutoCompilationTraceLogger traceLogger(cx, TraceLogger_ParserCompileLazy);
-
- Parser<FullParseHandler> parser(cx, &cx->tempLifoAlloc(), options, chars, length,
- /* foldConstants = */ true, nullptr, lazy);
- if (!parser.checkOptions())
- return false;
-
- uint32_t staticLevel = lazy->staticLevel(cx);
-
-@@ -534,20 +544,17 @@ frontend::CompileLazyFunction(JSContext*
- // handler attribute in an HTML <INPUT> tag, or in a Function() constructor.
- static bool
- CompileFunctionBody(JSContext* cx, MutableHandleFunction fun, const ReadOnlyCompileOptions& options,
- const AutoNameVector& formals, SourceBufferHolder& srcBuf,
- HandleObject enclosingStaticScope, GeneratorKind generatorKind)
- {
- MOZ_ASSERT(!options.isRunOnce);
-
-- js::TraceLoggerThread* logger = js::TraceLoggerForMainThread(cx->runtime());
-- js::TraceLoggerEvent event(logger, TraceLogger_AnnotateScripts, options);
-- js::AutoTraceLog scriptLogger(logger, event);
-- js::AutoTraceLog typeLogger(logger, TraceLogger_ParserCompileFunction);
-+ AutoCompilationTraceLogger traceLogger(cx, TraceLogger_ParserCompileFunction);
-
- // FIXME: make Function pass in two strings and parse them as arguments and
- // ProgramElements respectively.
-
- if (!CheckLength(cx, srcBuf))
- return false;
-
- RootedScriptSource sourceObject(cx, CreateScriptSourceObject(cx, options));
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.cpp.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.cpp.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index 07083c5..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.cpp.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
---- Marking.cpp
-+++ Marking.cpp
-@@ -587,68 +587,70 @@ DispatchToTracer(JSTracer* trc, T* thing
- DoCallback(trc->asCallbackTracer(), thingp, name);
- }
-
-
- /*** GC Marking Interface *************************************************************************/
-
- namespace js {
-
-+typedef bool DoNothingMarkingType;
-+
- template <typename T>
- struct LinearlyMarkedEphemeronKeyType {
-- typedef bool Type; // used to instantiate a do-nothing markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper
-+ typedef DoNothingMarkingType Type;
- };
-
- // For now, we only handle JSObject* keys, but the linear time algorithm can be
--// easily extended by adding in more types here, then having them call
--// markPotentialEphemeronKey in their GCMarker::traverse instantiation.
-+// easily extended by adding in more types here, then instantiating a
-+// GCMarker::traverse method that calls markPotentialEphemeronKey.
- template <>
- struct LinearlyMarkedEphemeronKeyType<JSObject*> {
- typedef JSObject* Type;
- };
-
- // Iterate over the vector. It should not be appended to during iteration
- // because the key is already marked, and even in cases where we have a
- // multipart key, we should only be inserting entries for the unmarked
- // portions.
- void
--GCMarker::markEphemeronValues(gc::Cell* oldKey, WeakEntryVector& values)
-+GCMarker::markEphemeronValues(gc::Cell* markedCell, WeakEntryVector& values)
- {
- size_t initialLen = values.length();
- for (size_t i = 0; i < initialLen; i++)
-- values[i]->maybeMarkEntry(this, oldKey);
-+ values[i].weakmap->maybeMarkEntry(this, markedCell, values[i].key);
- MOZ_ASSERT(values.length() == initialLen);
- }
-
- template <typename T>
- void
--GCMarker::markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper(T oldThing)
-+GCMarker::markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper(T markedThing)
- {
- if (!isWeakMarkingTracer())
- return;
-
-- auto weakValues = weakKeys.get(JS::GCCellPtr(oldThing));
-+ auto weakValues = weakKeys.get(JS::GCCellPtr(markedThing));
- if (!weakValues)
- return;
-
-- markEphemeronValues(oldThing, weakValues->value);
-+ markEphemeronValues(markedThing, weakValues->value);
- weakValues->value.clear(); // If key address is reused, it should do nothing
- }
-
- template <>
- void
- GCMarker::markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper(bool)
- {
- }
-
- template <typename T>
- void
--GCMarker::markPotentialEphemeronKey(T* oldThing)
-+GCMarker::markPotentialEphemeronKey(T* thing)
- {
-- markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper<typename LinearlyMarkedEphemeronKeyType<T*>::Type>(oldThing);
-+ markPotentialEphemeronKeyHelper<typename LinearlyMarkedEphemeronKeyType<T*>::Type>(thing);
- }
-
- } // namespace js
-
- template <typename T>
- static inline bool
- MustSkipMarking(T thing)
- {
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.h.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.h.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index 97cb72c..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/gc/Marking.h.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
---- Marking.h
-+++ Marking.h
-@@ -11,16 +11,17 @@
- #include "mozilla/HashFunctions.h"
-
- #include "jsfriendapi.h"
-
- #include "ds/OrderedHashTable.h"
- #include "gc/Heap.h"
- #include "gc/Tracer.h"
- #include "js/GCAPI.h"
-+#include "js/HeapAPI.h"
- #include "js/SliceBudget.h"
- #include "js/TracingAPI.h"
-
- class JSLinearString;
- class JSRope;
- namespace js {
- class BaseShape;
- class GCMarker;
-@@ -141,17 +142,27 @@ namespace gc {
- struct WeakKeyTableHashPolicy {
- typedef JS::GCCellPtr Lookup;
- static HashNumber hash(const Lookup& v) { return mozilla::HashGeneric(v.asCell()); }
- static bool match(const JS::GCCellPtr& k, const Lookup& l) { return k == l; }
- static bool isEmpty(const JS::GCCellPtr& v) { return !v; }
- static void makeEmpty(JS::GCCellPtr* vp) { *vp = nullptr; }
- };
-
--typedef Vector<WeakMapBase*, 2, js::SystemAllocPolicy> WeakEntryVector;
-+struct WeakMarkable {
-+ WeakMapBase* weakmap;
-+ JS::GCCellPtr key;
-+
-+ WeakMarkable(WeakMapBase* weakmapArg, JS::GCCellPtr&& keyArg)
-+ : weakmap(weakmapArg), key(keyArg) {}
-+ WeakMarkable(WeakMapBase* weakmapArg, JS::GCCellPtr keyArg)
-+ : weakmap(weakmapArg), key(keyArg) {}
-+};
-+
-+typedef Vector<WeakMarkable, 2, js::SystemAllocPolicy> WeakEntryVector;
-
- typedef OrderedHashMap<JS::GCCellPtr,
- WeakEntryVector,
- WeakKeyTableHashPolicy,
- js::SystemAllocPolicy> WeakKeyTable;
-
- } /* namespace gc */
-
-@@ -203,16 +214,20 @@ class GCMarker : public JSTracer
- }
-
- void endWeakMarkingPhase() {
- MOZ_ASSERT_IF(weakMapAction() == ExpandWeakMaps, tag_ == TracerKindTag::WeakMarking);
- tag_ = TracerKindTag::Marking;
- weakKeys.clear();
- }
-
-+ void abortLinearWeakMarking() {
-+ endWeakMarkingPhase();
-+ }
-+
- void delayMarkingArena(gc::ArenaHeader* aheader);
- void delayMarkingChildren(const void* thing);
- void markDelayedChildren(gc::ArenaHeader* aheader);
- bool markDelayedChildren(SliceBudget& budget);
- bool hasDelayedChildren() const {
- return !!unmarkedArenaStackTop;
- }
-
-@@ -228,17 +243,17 @@ class GCMarker : public JSTracer
-
- #ifdef DEBUG
- bool shouldCheckCompartments() { return strictCompartmentChecking; }
- #endif
-
- /* This is public exclusively for ScanRope. */
- MarkStack stack;
-
-- void markEphemeronValues(gc::Cell* oldKey, gc::WeakEntryVector& entry);
-+ void markEphemeronValues(gc::Cell* markedCell, gc::WeakEntryVector& entry);
-
- /*
- * Mapping from not yet marked keys to a vector of all values that the key
- * maps to in any live weak map.
- */
- gc::WeakKeyTable weakKeys;
-
- private:
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-01.js.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-01.js.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e21a6..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-01.js.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
---- weak-marking-01.js
-+++ weak-marking-01.js
-@@ -85,15 +85,35 @@ function deadKeys() {
-
- gc();
- assertEq(finalizeCount(), initialCount + 2);
- assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm1).length, 0);
- }
-
- deadKeys();
-
-+// The weakKeys table has to grow if it encounters enough new unmarked weakmap
-+// keys. Trigger this to happen during weakmap marking.
-+//
-+// There's some trickiness involved in getting it to test the right thing,
-+// because if a key is marked before the weakmap, then it won't get entered
-+// into the weakKeys table. This chains through multiple weakmap layers to
-+// ensure that the objects can't get marked before the weakmaps.
- function weakKeysRealloc() {
- var wm1 = new WeakMap;
-+ var wm2 = new WeakMap;
-+ var wm3 = new WeakMap;
- var obj1 = {'name': 'obj1'};
-- var wm2 = new WeakMap;
-+ var obj2 = {'name': 'obj2'};
- wm1.set(obj1, wm2);
--
-+ wm2.set(obj2, wm3);
-+ for (var i = 0; i < 10000; i++) {
-+ wm3.set(Object.create(null), wm2);
-+ }
-+ wm3.set(Object.create(null), makeFinalizeObserver());
-+ wm2 = undefined;
-+ wm3 = undefined;
-+ obj2 = undefined;
-+
-+ var initialCount = finalizeCount();
-+ gc();
-+ assertEq(finalizeCount(), initialCount + 1);
- }
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-02.js.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-02.js.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index cd65b0e..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jit-test/tests/gc/weak-marking-02.js.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
---- weak-marking-02.js
-+++ weak-marking-02.js
-@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
-+// These tests will be using object literals as keys, and we want some of them
-+// to be dead after being inserted into a WeakMap. That means we must wrap
-+// everything in functions because it seems like the toplevel script hangs onto
-+// its object literals.
-+
-+// Cross-compartment WeakMap keys work by storing a cross-compartment wrapper
-+// in the WeakMap, and the actual "delegate" object in the target compartment
-+// is the thing whose liveness is checked.
-+
-+var g2 = newGlobal();
-+g2.eval('function genObj(name) { return {"name": name} }');
-+
-+function basicSweeping() {
-+ var wm1 = new WeakMap();
-+ wm1.set({'name': 'obj1'}, {'name': 'val1'});
-+ var hold = g2.genObj('obj2');
-+ wm1.set(hold, {'name': 'val2'});
-+ wm1.set({'name': 'obj3'}, {'name': 'val3'});
-+ var obj4 = g2.genObj('obj4');
-+ wm1.set(obj4, {'name': 'val3'});
-+ obj4 = undefined;
-+
-+ gc();
-+ assertEq(wm1.get(hold).name, 'val2');
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm1).length, 1);
-+}
-+
-+basicSweeping();
-+
-+// Same, but behind an additional WM layer, to avoid ordering problems (not
-+// that I've checked that basicSweeping even has any problems.)
-+function basicSweeping2() {
-+ var wm1 = new WeakMap();
-+ wm1.set({'name': 'obj1'}, {'name': 'val1'});
-+ var hold = g2.genObj('obj2');
-+ wm1.set(hold, {'name': 'val2'});
-+ wm1.set({'name': 'obj3'}, {'name': 'val3'});
-+ var obj4 = g2.genObj('obj4');
-+ wm1.set(obj4, {'name': 'val3'});
-+ obj4 = undefined;
-+
-+ var base1 = {'name': 'base1'};
-+ var base2 = {'name': 'base2'};
-+ var wm_base1 = new WeakMap();
-+ var wm_base2 = new WeakMap();
-+ wm_base1.set(base1, wm_base2);
-+ wm_base2.set(base2, wm1);
-+ wm1 = wm_base2 = undefined;
-+
-+ gc();
-+
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm_base1).length, 1);
-+ wm_base2 = wm_base1.get(base1);
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm_base2).length, 1);
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm_base1)[0], base1);
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm_base2)[0], base2);
-+ wm_base2 = wm_base1.get(base1);
-+ wm1 = wm_base2.get(base2);
-+ assertEq(wm1.get(hold).name, 'val2');
-+ assertEq(nondeterministicGetWeakMapKeys(wm1).length, 1);
-+}
-+
-+basicSweeping2();
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jsweakmap.h.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jsweakmap.h.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index bcd1675..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/jsweakmap.h.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
---- jsweakmap.h
-+++ jsweakmap.h
-@@ -78,17 +78,17 @@ class WeakMapBase {
-
- // Restore information about which weak maps are marked for many compartments.
- static void restoreCompartmentMarkedWeakMaps(WeakMapSet& markedWeakMaps);
-
- // Remove a weakmap from its compartment's weakmaps list.
- static void removeWeakMapFromList(WeakMapBase* weakmap);
-
- // Object keys must participate in ephemeron marking by overriding this method.
-- virtual void maybeMarkEntry(JSTracer* trc, gc::Cell* l) = 0;
-+ virtual void maybeMarkEntry(JSTracer* trc, gc::Cell* markedCell, JS::GCCellPtr l) = 0;
-
- protected:
- // Instance member functions called by the above. Instantiations of WeakMap override
- // these with definitions appropriate for their Key and Value types.
- virtual void nonMarkingTraceKeys(JSTracer* tracer) = 0;
- virtual void nonMarkingTraceValues(JSTracer* tracer) = 0;
- virtual bool markIteratively(JSTracer* tracer) = 0;
- virtual void markEphemeronEntries(JSTracer* trc) = 0;
-@@ -160,65 +160,76 @@ class WeakMap : public HashMap<Key, Valu
- return p;
- }
-
- // The WeakMap and some part of the key are marked. Mark the value if the
- // key is "fully marked" according to the exact semantics of this WeakMap.
- // (For a standard WeakMap, the key is either marked or not, so just mark
- // the value here. But a subclass might have multipart keys with more
- // complicated semantics.)
-- virtual void maybeMarkEntry(JSTracer* trc, gc::Cell* l)
-+ virtual void maybeMarkEntry(JSTracer* trc, gc::Cell* markedCell, JS::GCCellPtr origKey)
- {
- MOZ_ASSERT(marked);
-
-+ gc::Cell* l = origKey.asCell();
- Ptr p = Base::lookup(reinterpret_cast<const Lookup&>(l));
- Key key(p->key());
-- if (gc::IsMarked(&key))
-+ if (gc::IsMarked(&key)) {
- TraceEdge(trc, &p->value(), "ephemeron value");
-+ } else if (keyNeedsMark(key)) {
-+ TraceEdge(trc, &p->value(), "WeakMap ephemeron value");
-+ TraceEdge(trc, &key, "proxy-preserved WeakMap ephemeron key");
-+ MOZ_ASSERT(key == p->key()); // No moving
-+ }
- key.unsafeSet(nullptr);
- }
-
- protected:
-+ static void addWeakEntry(JSTracer* trc, JS::GCCellPtr key, gc::WeakMarkable markable)
-+ {
-+ GCMarker& marker = *static_cast<GCMarker*>(trc);
-+
-+ auto p = marker.weakKeys.get(key);
-+ if (p) {
-+ gc::WeakEntryVector& weakEntries = p->value;
-+ if (!weakEntries.append(Move(markable)))
-+ marker.abortLinearWeakMarking();
-+ } else {
-+ gc::WeakEntryVector weakEntries;
-+ JS_ALWAYS_TRUE(weakEntries.append(Move(markable)));
-+ if (!marker.weakKeys.put(JS::GCCellPtr(key), Move(weakEntries)))
-+ marker.abortLinearWeakMarking();
-+ }
-+ }
-+
- virtual void markEphemeronEntries(JSTracer* trc) {
-- gc::WeakKeyTable& weakKeys = static_cast<GCMarker*>(trc)->weakKeys;
--
- MOZ_ASSERT(marked);
- for (Enum e(*this); !e.empty(); e.popFront()) {
- Key key(e.front().key());
-
- // If the entry is live, ensure its key and value are marked.
- if (gc::IsMarked(&key)) {
- (void) markValue(trc, &e.front().value());
-- if (e.front().key() != key)
-- entryMoved(e, key);
-+ MOZ_ASSERT(key == e.front().key()); // No moving
- } else if (keyNeedsMark(key)) {
- TraceEdge(trc, &e.front().value(), "WeakMap entry value");
- TraceEdge(trc, &key, "proxy-preserved WeakMap entry key");
-- if (e.front().key() != key)
-- entryMoved(e, key);
-+ MOZ_ASSERT(key == e.front().key()); // No moving
- } else {
- // Entry is not known to be live yet. Record it in the list of
-- // weak keys. Or rather, record a pointer to this weakmap, so
-- // we can look the key up again when we need to (to allow
-- // incremental weak marking.)
-- auto p = weakKeys.get(JS::GCCellPtr(key));
-- if (p) {
-- gc::WeakEntryVector& weakEntries = p->value;
-- if (!weakEntries.append(this)) {
-- static_cast<GCMarker*>(trc)->endWeakMarkingPhase();
-- break;
-- }
-- } else {
-- gc::WeakEntryVector weakEntries;
-- JS_ALWAYS_TRUE(weakEntries.append(this));
-- if (!weakKeys.put(JS::GCCellPtr(key), Move(weakEntries))) {
-- static_cast<GCMarker*>(trc)->endWeakMarkingPhase();
-- break;
-- }
-- }
-+ // weak keys. Or rather, record this weakmap and the lookup key
-+ // so we can repeat the lookup when we need to (to allow
-+ // incremental weak marking, we can't just store a pointer to
-+ // the entry.) Also record the delegate, if any, because
-+ // marking the delegate must also mark the entry.
-+ JS::GCCellPtr weakKey(key);
-+ gc::WeakMarkable markable(this, weakKey);
-+ addWeakEntry(trc, weakKey, markable);
-+ if (JSObject* delegate = getDelegate(key))
-+ addWeakEntry(trc, JS::GCCellPtr(delegate), markable);
- }
- key.unsafeSet(nullptr);
- }
- }
-
- private:
- void exposeGCThingToActiveJS(const JS::Value& v) const { JS::ExposeValueToActiveJS(v); }
- void exposeGCThingToActiveJS(JSObject* obj) const { JS::ExposeObjectToActiveJS(obj); }
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/OSObject.cppTNHQfd b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/OSObject.cppTNHQfd
deleted file mode 100644
index 4744d38..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/OSObject.cppTNHQfd
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,443 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- * vim: set ts=8 sts=4 et sw=4 tw=99:
- * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
- * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
- * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
-
-// OSObject.h - os object for exposing posix system calls in the JS shell
-
-#include "shell/OSObject.h"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#ifdef XP_WIN
-#include <direct.h>
-#include <process.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "jsapi.h"
-// For JSFunctionSpecWithHelp
-#include "jsfriendapi.h"
-#include "jsobj.h"
-#ifdef XP_WIN
-# include "jswin.h"
-#endif
-#include "jswrapper.h"
-
-#include "js/Conversions.h"
-#include "shell/jsshell.h"
-#include "vm/TypedArrayObject.h"
-
-#include "jsobjinlines.h"
-
-#ifdef XP_WIN
-# define PATH_MAX (MAX_PATH > _MAX_DIR ? MAX_PATH : _MAX_DIR)
-# define getcwd _getcwd
-#else
-# include <libgen.h>
-#endif
-
-using js::shell::RCFile;
-
-static RCFile** gErrFilePtr = nullptr;
-static RCFile** gOutFilePtr = nullptr;
-
-using namespace JS;
-
-namespace js {
-namespace shell {
-
-/*
- * Resolve a (possibly) relative filename to an absolute path. If
- * |scriptRelative| is true, then the result will be relative to the directory
- * containing the currently-running script, or the current working directory if
- * the currently-running script is "-e" (namely, you're using it from the
- * command line.) Otherwise, it will be relative to the current working
- * directory.
- */
-JSString*
-ResolvePath(JSContext* cx, HandleString filenameStr, PathResolutionMode resolveMode)
-{
- JSAutoByteString filename(cx, filenameStr);
- if (!filename)
- return nullptr;
-
- const char* pathname = filename.ptr();
- if (pathname[0] == '/')
- return filenameStr;
-#ifdef XP_WIN
- // Various forms of absolute paths per http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
- // "\..."
- if (pathname[0] == '\\')
- return filenameStr;
- // "C:\..."
- if (strlen(pathname) > 3 && isalpha(pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':' && pathname[2] == '\\')
- return filenameStr;
- // "\\..."
- if (strlen(pathname) > 2 && pathname[1] == '\\' && pathname[2] == '\\')
- return filenameStr;
-#endif
-
- /* Get the currently executing script's name. */
- JS::AutoFilename scriptFilename;
- if (!DescribeScriptedCaller(cx, &scriptFilename))
- return nullptr;
-
- if (!scriptFilename.get())
- return nullptr;
-
- if (strcmp(scriptFilename.get(), "-e") == 0 || strcmp(scriptFilename.get(), "typein") == 0)
- resolveMode = RootRelative;
-
- static char buffer[PATH_MAX+1];
- if (resolveMode == ScriptRelative) {
-#ifdef XP_WIN
- // The docs say it can return EINVAL, but the compiler says it's void
- _splitpath(scriptFilename.get(), nullptr, buffer, nullptr, nullptr);
-#else
- strncpy(buffer, scriptFilename.get(), PATH_MAX+1);
- if (buffer[PATH_MAX] != '\0')
- return nullptr;
-
- // dirname(buffer) might return buffer, or it might return a
- // statically-allocated string
- memmove(buffer, dirname(buffer), strlen(buffer) + 1);
-#endif
- } else {
- const char* cwd = getcwd(buffer, PATH_MAX);
- if (!cwd)
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- size_t len = strlen(buffer);
- buffer[len] = '/';
- strncpy(buffer + len + 1, pathname, sizeof(buffer) - (len+1));
- if (buffer[PATH_MAX] != '\0')
- return nullptr;
-
- return JS_NewStringCopyZ(cx, buffer);
-}
-
-static JSObject*
-FileAsTypedArray(JSContext* cx, const char* pathname)
-{
- FILE* file = fopen(pathname, "rb");
- if (!file) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "can't open %s: %s", pathname, strerror(errno));
- return nullptr;
- }
- AutoCloseInputFile autoClose(file);
-
- RootedObject obj(cx);
- if (fseek(file, 0, SEEK_END) != 0) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "can't seek end of %s", pathname);
- } else {
- size_t len = ftell(file);
- if (fseek(file, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "can't seek start of %s", pathname);
- } else {
- obj = JS_NewUint8Array(cx, len);
- if (!obj)
- return nullptr;
- char* buf = (char*) obj->as<js::TypedArrayObject>().viewData();
- size_t cc = fread(buf, 1, len, file);
- if (cc != len) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "can't read %s: %s", pathname,
- (ptrdiff_t(cc) < 0) ? strerror(errno) : "short read");
- obj = nullptr;
- }
- }
- }
- return obj;
-}
-
-static bool
-ReadFile(JSContext* cx, unsigned argc, jsval* vp, bool scriptRelative)
-{
- CallArgs args = CallArgsFromVp(argc, vp);
-
- if (args.length() < 1 || args.length() > 2) {
- JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, js::shell::my_GetErrorMessage, nullptr,
- args.length() < 1 ? JSSMSG_NOT_ENOUGH_ARGS : JSSMSG_TOO_MANY_ARGS,
- "snarf");
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!args[0].isString() || (args.length() == 2 && !args[1].isString())) {
- JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, js::shell::my_GetErrorMessage, nullptr, JSSMSG_INVALID_ARGS, "snarf");
- return false;
- }
-
- RootedString givenPath(cx, args[0].toString());
- RootedString str(cx, js::shell::ResolvePath(cx, givenPath, scriptRelative ? ScriptRelative : RootRelative));
- if (!str)
- return false;
-
- JSAutoByteString filename(cx, str);
- if (!filename)
- return false;
-
- if (args.length() > 1) {
- JSString* opt = JS::ToString(cx, args[1]);
- if (!opt)
- return false;
- bool match;
- if (!JS_StringEqualsAscii(cx, opt, "binary", &match))
- return false;
- if (match) {
- JSObject* obj;
- if (!(obj = FileAsTypedArray(cx, filename.ptr())))
- return false;
- args.rval().setObject(*obj);
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- if (!(str = FileAsString(cx, filename.ptr())))
- return false;
- args.rval().setString(str);
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-osfile_readFile(JSContext* cx, unsigned argc, jsval* vp)
-{
- return ReadFile(cx, argc, vp, false);
-}
-
-static bool
-osfile_readRelativeToScript(JSContext* cx, unsigned argc, jsval* vp)
-{
- return ReadFile(cx, argc, vp, true);
-}
-
-static bool
-Redirect(JSContext* cx, FILE* fp, HandleString relFilename)
-{
- RootedString filename(cx, ResolvePath(cx, relFilename, RootRelative));
- if (!filename)
- return false;
- JSAutoByteString filenameABS(cx, filename);
- if (!filenameABS)
- return false;
- if (freopen(filenameABS.ptr(), "wb", fp) == nullptr) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "cannot redirect to %s: %s", filenameABS.ptr(), strerror(errno));
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-osfile_redirect(JSContext* cx, unsigned argc, jsval* vp)
-{
- CallArgs args = CallArgsFromVp(argc, vp);
-
- if (args.length() < 1 || args.length() > 2) {
- JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, my_GetErrorMessage, nullptr, JSSMSG_INVALID_ARGS, "redirect");
- return false;
- }
-
- if (args[0].isString()) {
- RootedString stdoutPath(cx, args[0].toString());
- if (!stdoutPath)
- return false;
- if (!Redirect(cx, stdout, stdoutPath))
- return false;
- }
-
- if (args.length() > 1 && args[1].isString()) {
- RootedString stderrPath(cx, args[1].toString());
- if (!stderrPath)
- return false;
- if (!Redirect(cx, stderr, stderrPath))
- return false;
- }
-
- args.rval().setUndefined();
- return true;
-}
-<<<<<<<
-
-|||||||
-=======
-
-/* static */ RCFile*
-RCFile::create(JSContext* cx, const char* filename, const char* mode)
-{
- FILE* fp = fopen(filename, mode);
- if (!fp)
- return nullptr;
-
- RCFile* file = cx->new_<RCFile>(fp);
- if (!file) {
- fclose(fp);
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- return file;
-}
-
-void
-RCFile::close()
-{
- if (fp)
- fclose(fp);
- fp = nullptr;
-}
-
-bool
-RCFile::release()
-{
- if (--numRefs)
- return false;
- this->close();
- return true;
-}
-
-class FileObject : public JSObject {
- enum : uint32_t {
- FILE_SLOT = 0,
- NUM_SLOTS
- };
-
- public:
- static const js::Class class_;
-
- static FileObject* create(JSContext* cx, RCFile* file) {
- JSObject* obj = js::NewObjectWithClassProto(cx, &class_, JS::NullPtr());
- if (!obj)
- return nullptr;
-
- FileObject* fileObj = &obj->as<FileObject>();
- fileObj->setRCFile(file);
- file->acquire();
- return fileObj;
- }
-
- static void finalize(FreeOp* fop, JSObject* obj) {
- FileObject* fileObj = &obj->as<FileObject>();
- RCFile* file = fileObj->rcFile();
- if (file->release()) {
- fileObj->setRCFile(nullptr);
- fop->delete_(file);
- }
- }
-
- bool isOpen() {
- RCFile* file = rcFile();
- return file && file->isOpen();
- }
-
- void close() {
- if (!isOpen())
- return;
- rcFile()->close();
- }
-
- RCFile* rcFile() {
- return reinterpret_cast<RCFile*>(js::GetReservedSlot(this, FILE_SLOT).toPrivate());
- }
-
- private:
-
- void setRCFile(RCFile* file) {
- js::SetReservedSlot(this, FILE_SLOT, PrivateValue(file));
- }
-};
-
-const js::Class FileObject::class_ = {
- "File",
- JSCLASS_HAS_RESERVED_SLOTS(FileObject::NUM_SLOTS),
- nullptr, /* addProperty */
- nullptr, /* delProperty */
- nullptr, /* getProperty */
- nullptr, /* setProperty */
- nullptr, /* enumerate */
- nullptr, /* resolve */
- nullptr, /* mayResolve */
- nullptr, /* convert */
- FileObject::finalize, /* finalize */
- nullptr, /* call */
- nullptr, /* hasInstance */
- nullptr, /* construct */
- nullptr /* trace */
-};
-
-static FileObject*
-redirect(JSContext* cx, HandleString relFilename, RCFile** globalFile)
-{
- RootedString filename(cx, ResolvePath(cx, relFilename, RootRelative));
- if (!filename)
- return nullptr;
- JSAutoByteString filenameABS(cx, filename);
- if (!filenameABS)
- return nullptr;
- RCFile* file = RCFile::create(cx, filenameABS.ptr(), "wb");
- if (!file) {
- JS_ReportError(cx, "cannot redirect to %s: %s", filenameABS.ptr(), strerror(errno));
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- // The global gOutFile acquires ownership of the new file, releases
- // ownership of its old file, and we return a FileObject owning the old
- // file.
- file->acquire(); // Global owner of new file
-
- FileObject* fileObj = FileObject::create(cx, *globalFile); // Newly created owner of old file
- if (!fileObj) {
- file->release();
- return nullptr;
- }
-
- (*globalFile)->release(); // Release (global) ownership of old file.
- *globalFile = file;
-
- return fileObj;
-}
-
-static bool
-Redirect(JSContext* cx, const CallArgs& args, RCFile** outFile)
-{
- if (args.length() > 1) {
- JS_ReportErrorNumber(cx, js::shell::my_GetErrorMessage, nullptr, JSSMSG_INVALID_ARGS, "redirect");
- return false;
- }
-
- RCFile* oldFile = *outFile;
- RootedObject oldFileObj(cx, FileObject::create(cx, oldFile));
- if (!oldFileObj)
- return false;
-
- if (args.get(0).isUndefined()) {
- args.rval().setObject(*oldFileObj);
- return true;
- }
-
- if (args[0].isObject()) {
- RootedObject fileObj(cx, js::CheckedUnwrap(&args[0].toObject()));
- if (!fileObj)
- return false;
- if (fileObj->is<FileObject>()) {
- // Passed in a FileObject. Create a FileObject for the previous
- // global file, and set the global file to the passed-in one.
- *outFile = fileObj->as<FileObject>().rcFile();
- (*outFile)->acquire();
- oldFile->release();
-
- args.rval().setObject(*oldFileObj);
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- RootedString filename(cx, JS::ToString(cx, args[0]));
- if (!filename)
- return false;
-
- if (!redirect(cx, filename, outFile))
- return false;
-
- args.rv
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/jsshell.h.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/jsshell.h.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index 217a0f6..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/shell/jsshell.h.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
---- jsshell.h
-+++ jsshell.h
-@@ -45,30 +49,30 @@ class AutoCloseFile
- bool success = true;
- if (f_ && f_ != stdin && f_ != stdout && f_ != stderr)
- success = !fclose(f_);
- f_ = nullptr;
- return success;
- }
- };
-
--// Reference counted file.
--struct RCFile {
-+struct File final : public RefCounted<File> {
- FILE* fp;
-- uint32_t numRefs;
-
-- RCFile() : fp(nullptr), numRefs(0) {}
-- RCFile(FILE* fp) : fp(fp), numRefs(0) {}
-+ File() : fp(nullptr) {}
-+ File(FILE* fp) : fp(fp) {}
-+ ~File() {
-+ this->close();
-+ }
-
-- void acquire() { numRefs++; }
--
-- // Starts out with a ref count of zero.
-- static RCFile* create(JSContext* cx, const char* filename, const char* mode);
-+ static already_AddRefed<File>
-+ create(JSContext* cx, const char* filename, const char* mode);
-
- void close();
- bool isOpen() const { return fp; }
-- bool release();
- };
-
-+using RCFile = RefPtr<File>;
-+
- } /* namespace shell */
- } /* namespace js */
-
- #endif
diff --git a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/vm/UbiNodeCensus.cpp.rej b/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/vm/UbiNodeCensus.cpp.rej
deleted file mode 100644
index a54806a..0000000
--- a/src/third_party/mozjs-45/js/src/vm/UbiNodeCensus.cpp.rej
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
---- UbiNodeCensus.cpp
-+++ UbiNodeCensus.cpp
-@@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
- /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- * vim: set ts=8 sts=4 et sw=4 tw=99:
- * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
- * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
- * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
-
- #include "js/UbiNodeCensus.h"
-
-+#include "jscntxt.h"
-+#include "jscompartment.h"
-+#include "jsobjinlines.h"
-+
- using namespace js;
-
- namespace JS {
- namespace ubi {
-
- void
- CountDeleter::operator()(CountBase* ptr)
- {
diff --git a/src/third_party/woff2/woff2.gyp b/src/third_party/woff2/woff2.gyp
index 68434ac..deca5f9 100644
--- a/src/third_party/woff2/woff2.gyp
+++ b/src/third_party/woff2/woff2.gyp
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
# found in the LICENSE file.
{
+ 'variables': {
+ 'optimize_target_for_speed': 1,
+ },
'targets': [
{
'target_name': 'woff2_dec',
diff --git a/src/v8/src/base/cpu.cc b/src/v8/src/base/cpu.cc
index 47184b9..1ab7b08 100644
--- a/src/v8/src/base/cpu.cc
+++ b/src/v8/src/base/cpu.cc
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
#if defined(STARBOARD)
#include "starboard/client_porting/poem/stdlib_poem.h"
+#include "starboard/cpu_features.h"
#endif
#if V8_HOST_ARCH_MIPS || V8_HOST_ARCH_MIPS64
@@ -308,6 +309,54 @@
#endif // V8_HOST_ARCH_ARM || V8_HOST_ARCH_MIPS || V8_HOST_ARCH_MIPS64
+#if defined(STARBOARD)
+
+bool CPU::StarboardDetectCPU() {
+#if (SB_API_VERSION >= 11)
+ SbCPUFeatures features;
+ if (!SbCPUFeaturesGet(&features)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ architecture_ = features.arm.architecture_generation;
+ switch (features.architecture) {
+ case kSbCPUFeaturesArchitectureArm:
+ case kSbCPUFeaturesArchitectureArm64:
+ has_neon_ = features.arm.has_neon;
+ has_thumb2_ = features.arm.has_thumb2;
+ has_vfp_ = features.arm.has_vfp;
+ has_vfp3_ = features.arm.has_vfp3;
+ has_vfp3_d32_ = features.arm.has_vfp3_d32;
+ has_idiva_ = features.arm.has_idiva;
+ break;
+ case kSbCPUFeaturesArchitectureX86:
+ case kSbCPUFeaturesArchitectureX86_64:
+ // Following flags are mandatory for V8
+ has_cmov_ = features.x86.has_cmov;
+ has_sse2_ = features.x86.has_sse2;
+ // These flags are optional
+ has_sse3_ = features.x86.has_sse3;
+ has_ssse3_ = features.x86.has_ssse3;
+ has_sse41_ = features.x86.has_sse41;
+ has_sahf_ = features.x86.has_sahf;
+ has_avx_ = features.x86.has_avx;
+ has_fma3_ = features.x86.has_fma3;
+ has_bmi1_ = features.x86.has_bmi1;
+ has_bmi2_ = features.x86.has_bmi2;
+ has_lzcnt_ = features.x86.has_lzcnt;
+ has_popcnt_ = features.x86.has_popcnt;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+#else // SB_API_VERSION >= 11
+ return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
CPU::CPU()
: stepping_(0),
model_(0),
@@ -348,6 +397,13 @@
is_fp64_mode_(false),
has_non_stop_time_stamp_counter_(false) {
memcpy(vendor_, "Unknown", 8);
+
+#if defined(STARBOARD)
+ if (StarboardDetectCPU()) {
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
#if V8_HOST_ARCH_IA32 || V8_HOST_ARCH_X64
int cpu_info[4];
diff --git a/src/v8/src/base/cpu.h b/src/v8/src/base/cpu.h
index 4b4becf..9ef56d3 100644
--- a/src/v8/src/base/cpu.h
+++ b/src/v8/src/base/cpu.h
@@ -156,6 +156,9 @@
bool is_fp64_mode_;
bool has_non_stop_time_stamp_counter_;
bool has_msa_;
+#if defined(STARBOARD)
+ bool StarboardDetectCPU();
+#endif
};
} // namespace base
